(find-library): Wrap search for library name in condition-case
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob5b2c5030a6b0ccf7154570b53931c357b1186479
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18307 57870))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18316 2342))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18307 57851))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18310 28917))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18302 4831))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18307
171 ;;;;;; 57852))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
253 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261 \(fn)" t nil)
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
288 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299 ;;;***
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18307 57861))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
330 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427 ;;;***
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18307 57852))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434 (autoload 'align "align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
463 options.
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468 Fred (123) 456-7890
469 Alice (123) 456-7890
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
471 Joe (123) 456-7890
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
484 align that section.
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
504 to be colored.
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511 \(fn)" t nil)
513 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516 \(fn)" t nil)
518 ;;;***
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18307 57852))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
550 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
558 \\<allout-mode-map>
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
673 Topic Encryption
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
719 Extending Allout
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
732 Terminology
734 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759 Topic text constituents:
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
815 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
817 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
825 ;;;***
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18307 57869))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
833 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
842 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
847 ;;;***
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18307 57870))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
863 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
869 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
875 ;;;***
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18307 57852))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
884 \(fn)" t nil)
886 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
901 ;;;***
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18307 57870))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
924 \(fn)" t nil)
926 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
930 \(fn)" t nil)
932 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
938 ;;;***
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18307 57860))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
947 Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
954 Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-audible t "\
959 Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-visible t "\
964 Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
970 Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
976 Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
981 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
982 The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
988 Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
993 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
999 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1013 function.
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1018 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18307 57852))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1052 normal variables.
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1056 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1058 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1120 bindings.
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1125 ;;;***
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18307
1128 ;;;;;; 57852))
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1140 archive.
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1146 ;;;***
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18307 57852))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1168 The variables are:
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1215 \(fn)" t nil)
1217 ;;;***
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18307
1220 ;;;;;; 57872))
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228 How to quit artist mode
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233 How to submit a bug report
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1240 mouse-2
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1243 below).
1245 mouse-1
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1247 or pastes:
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1252 to new point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1269 lines
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Paste Paste Paste
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1281 or diagonally.
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1287 poly-lines.
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1307 some time to fill.
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314 Settings
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330 Drawing with keys
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351 Arrows
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1360 Selecting operation
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386 Variables
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1411 Hooks
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417 Keymap summary
1419 \\{artist-mode-map}
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1423 ;;;***
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18307
1426 ;;;;;; 57870))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1446 Special commands:
1447 \\{asm-mode-map}
1449 \(fn)" t nil)
1451 ;;;***
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1454 ;;;;;; (18307 57852))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1457 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1461 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1463 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1464 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1465 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1466 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1467 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1468 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1469 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1470 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1471 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1472 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1474 For example:
1475 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1476 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1478 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1479 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1481 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1485 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1486 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1487 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1490 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1498 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1499 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1501 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1505 ;;;***
1507 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1508 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1511 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1512 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1514 \(fn)" t nil)
1516 ;;;***
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1519 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18307 57852))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1523 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1524 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1526 \(fn)" t nil)
1528 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1529 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1531 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1533 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1535 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1536 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1544 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1545 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1546 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1547 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1549 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1550 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1557 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1558 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1561 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1563 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1589 \(fn)" nil nil)
1591 ;;;***
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18307 57852))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1615 \(fn)" nil nil)
1617 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1641 \(fn)" nil nil)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1652 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1661 ;;;***
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18307 57852))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1675 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1702 ;;;***
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1714 For example:
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn STRUCTURE)" nil (quote macro))
1725 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1727 ;;;***
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (18307 57852))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1739 \(fn)" t nil)
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1750 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1755 seconds.
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1759 ;;;***
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18307 57861))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1769 FORMS once.
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1792 ;;;***
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (18308 12343))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1799 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1800 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1801 of corresponding buffers.
1802 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1803 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1804 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1805 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1806 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1807 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1809 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1811 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1812 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1814 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1816 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1817 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1818 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1819 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1821 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1822 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1823 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1824 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1825 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1827 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1828 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1831 Special information:
1833 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1835 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1836 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1837 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1838 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1839 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1840 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1841 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1843 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1844 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1847 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1848 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1849 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1850 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1851 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1852 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1853 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1854 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1856 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1858 ----------------------------------------------------------
1859 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1860 if that value is non-nil.
1862 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1864 \(fn)" t nil)
1866 ;;;***
1868 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1869 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
1870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1871 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1873 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1874 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1876 \(fn)" t nil)
1878 ;;;***
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1881 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1882 ;;;;;; (18307 57868))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1885 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1887 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1888 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1889 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1891 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1893 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1894 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1896 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1899 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1901 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1903 ;;;***
1905 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18308
1906 ;;;;;; 19808))
1907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1909 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1910 Play blackbox.
1911 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1913 What is blackbox?
1915 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1916 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1917 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1918 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1919 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1920 your score.
1922 Overview of play:
1924 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1925 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1926 four.
1928 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1929 movement keys.
1931 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1932 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1934 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1935 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1937 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1938 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1939 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1940 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1941 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1942 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1944 Details:
1946 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1948 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1949 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1950 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1951 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1953 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1954 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1955 denoted by the letter `R'.
1957 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1958 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1959 denoted by the letter `H'.
1961 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1962 example.
1964 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1965 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1966 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1967 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1968 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1969 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1970 ray.
1972 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1973 degree deflection it causes.
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1978 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1979 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1983 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1986 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1987 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1992 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1997 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1999 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2000 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2001 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2002 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2003 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2004 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2005 emerging from the box.
2007 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2014 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2016 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2018 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2019 a reflection.
2021 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2023 ;;;***
2025 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2028 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18302
2029 ;;;;;; 4830))
2030 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2033 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2035 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2036 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2037 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2038 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2039 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2040 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2041 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2049 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2050 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2054 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2057 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2058 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2059 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2060 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2061 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2062 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2063 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2064 recent one.
2066 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2067 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2068 yank successive words.
2070 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2071 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2072 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2073 name of the file being visited.
2075 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2076 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2077 the list of bookmarks.)
2079 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2082 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2083 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2084 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2085 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2086 this.
2088 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2089 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2090 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2091 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2093 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2095 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2096 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2097 See `bookmark-jump'.
2099 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2101 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2102 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2103 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2104 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2105 after a bookmark was set in it.
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2109 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2110 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2111 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2112 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2114 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2116 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2118 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2119 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2120 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2121 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2123 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2124 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2125 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2127 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2128 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2129 name.
2131 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2133 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2134 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2135 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2136 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2137 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2138 this.
2140 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2143 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2144 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2145 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2146 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2147 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2148 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2149 probably because we were called from there.
2151 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2154 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2155 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2157 \(fn)" t nil)
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2160 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2161 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2162 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2163 \(second argument).
2165 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2166 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2167 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2168 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2169 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2171 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2172 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2173 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2174 `bookmark-default-file'.
2176 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2178 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2179 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2180 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2181 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2182 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2183 while loading.
2185 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2186 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2187 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2188 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2189 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2190 explicitly.
2192 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2193 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2194 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2195 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2197 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2200 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2201 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2202 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2203 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2205 \(fn)" t nil)
2207 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2209 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2211 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2213 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2215 ;;;***
2217 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2225 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2226 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
2227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2229 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2230 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2231 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2232 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2234 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2235 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2236 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2237 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2238 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2240 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2242 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2243 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2245 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2247 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2248 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2250 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2252 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2253 Not documented
2255 \(fn)" nil nil)
2257 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2258 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2259 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2260 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2261 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2262 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2264 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2266 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2268 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2269 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2270 narrowed.
2272 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2275 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2277 \(fn)" t nil)
2279 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2280 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2282 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2284 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2286 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2287 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2289 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2291 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2292 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2293 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2294 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2298 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2300 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2301 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2302 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2303 to use.
2305 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2307 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2308 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point.
2311 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2312 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2313 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2314 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2316 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2317 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2320 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2322 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2335 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2336 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2345 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2346 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2348 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2349 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2350 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2351 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2354 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2355 new tab in an existing window instead.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2365 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2366 Firefox.
2368 When called interactively, if variable
2369 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2370 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2371 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2372 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2375 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2376 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2378 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2379 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2382 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2383 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2384 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2385 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2386 URL in a new window.
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2393 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2401 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2402 new tab in an existing window instead.
2404 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2405 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2410 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2421 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2422 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2433 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2434 program is invoked according to the variable
2435 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2437 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2438 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2439 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2440 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2443 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2447 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2448 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2449 Default to the URL around or before point.
2451 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2452 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2453 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2455 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2456 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2457 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2458 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2461 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2471 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2480 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2481 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2487 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2488 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2489 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2490 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2496 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2497 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2498 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2502 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2503 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2511 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2512 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2513 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2514 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2515 current one.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2519 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2520 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2530 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2531 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2532 don't offer a form of remote control.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around the point.
2546 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2547 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2549 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2550 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2552 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2554 ;;;***
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18307
2557 ;;;;;; 57870))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2560 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2561 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2563 \(fn)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2566 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2568 \(fn)" nil nil)
2570 ;;;***
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2573 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18302 26511))
2574 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2576 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2577 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2578 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2579 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2581 \(fn)" t nil)
2583 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2584 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2585 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2586 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2588 \(fn)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2591 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2593 \(fn)" t nil)
2595 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2596 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2597 \\<bs-mode-map>
2598 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2599 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2600 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2601 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2603 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2604 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2605 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2606 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2607 name of buffer configuration.
2609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2611 ;;;***
2613 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18308 19808))
2614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2616 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2617 Play Bubbles game.
2619 \(fn)" t nil)
2621 ;;;***
2623 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2624 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18307
2625 ;;;;;; 57852))
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2628 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2629 Keymap used by buttons.")
2631 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2632 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2633 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2635 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2636 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2639 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2640 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2642 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2643 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2644 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2645 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2647 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2649 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2650 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2651 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2652 specifying properties to add to the button.
2653 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2654 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2655 `define-button-type'.
2657 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2659 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2661 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2662 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2663 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2664 specifying properties to add to the button.
2665 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2666 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2667 `define-button-type'.
2669 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2671 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2673 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2674 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2675 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2676 specifying properties to add to the button.
2677 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2678 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2679 `define-button-type'.
2681 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2682 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2683 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2684 `make-text-button'.
2686 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2688 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2690 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2691 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2692 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2693 specifying properties to add to the button.
2694 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2695 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2696 `define-button-type'.
2698 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2699 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2700 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2701 `insert-text-button'.
2703 Also see `make-text-button'.
2705 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2707 ;;;***
2709 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2710 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2711 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2712 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2713 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2714 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
2715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2716 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2721 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2722 Not documented
2724 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2757 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2758 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2759 whether to compile it.
2761 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2764 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2837 ;;;***
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18307 57860))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2842 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2849 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2852 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2853 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2854 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2855 from the cursor position.
2857 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2862 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2863 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2864 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2867 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2868 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2870 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2871 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2873 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2874 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2878 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2879 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2881 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2889 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2895 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2896 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2898 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2902 This is most useful in the X window system.
2903 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2904 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 See calc-keypad for details.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2915 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2917 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2920 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2925 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2927 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2930 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2931 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2933 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2936 Not documented
2938 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2940 ;;;***
2942 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18307
2943 ;;;;;; 57852))
2944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2946 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2947 Run the Emacs calculator.
2948 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2950 \(fn)" t nil)
2952 ;;;***
2954 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2955 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2956 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2957 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2958 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2959 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2960 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2961 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2962 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2963 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2964 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2965 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2966 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2967 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2968 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2969 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2970 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2971 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18307 57860))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2974 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2975 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2976 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2977 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2978 the screen.")
2980 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2982 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2983 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2984 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2985 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2986 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2987 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2989 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2991 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2992 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2993 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2995 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2997 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2998 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2999 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3001 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3003 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3004 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3005 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3006 displayed.")
3008 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3010 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3011 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3012 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3014 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3016 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3017 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3018 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3020 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3022 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3024 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3025 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3026 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3028 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3029 calendar.")
3031 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3033 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3034 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3035 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3037 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3038 calendar.")
3040 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3042 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3043 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3044 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3046 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3047 calendar.")
3049 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3051 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3052 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3053 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3055 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3057 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3058 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3059 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3060 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3061 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3063 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3065 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3066 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3067 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3068 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3069 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3070 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3071 a function is also provided for this:
3072 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3074 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3075 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3076 date is not visible in the window.
3078 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3079 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3080 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3082 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3084 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3085 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3087 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3088 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3089 date is visible in the window.
3091 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3092 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3093 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3095 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3097 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3098 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3100 For example,
3102 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3104 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3106 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3108 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3109 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3111 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3112 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3114 MONTH/DAY
3115 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3116 MONTHNAME DAY
3117 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3118 DAYNAME
3120 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3121 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3122 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3123 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3124 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3125 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3126 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3127 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3128 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3129 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3130 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3131 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3132 in every week.
3134 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3135 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3136 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3137 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3139 DAY/MONTH
3140 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3141 DAY MONTHNAME
3142 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3143 DAYNAME
3145 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3146 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3148 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3149 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3150 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3151 window but will appear in a diary window.
3153 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3154 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3156 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3157 entries (in the default American style):
3159 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3160 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3161 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3162 21: Payday
3163 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3164 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3165 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3166 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3167 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3168 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3169 &* 15 time cards due.
3171 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3172 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3173 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3174 single diary entry
3176 02/11/1989
3177 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3178 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3179 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3180 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3181 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3182 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3184 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3185 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3186 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3188 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3190 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3192 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3193 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3194 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3195 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3196 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3197 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3198 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3199 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3200 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3201 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3202 details.
3204 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3205 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3206 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3207 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3208 documentation for these functions for details.
3210 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3211 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3213 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3215 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3216 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3218 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3221 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3223 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3225 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3226 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3228 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3230 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3231 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3233 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3236 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3237 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3239 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3241 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3242 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3243 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3245 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3248 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3249 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3250 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3251 full.")
3253 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3255 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3256 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3257 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3258 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3261 DAY/MONTH
3262 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3263 DAY MONTHNAME
3264 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3265 DAYNAME
3267 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3268 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3269 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3272 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3273 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3274 `american-calendar'.")
3276 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3278 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3279 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3280 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3282 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3284 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3285 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3286 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3288 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3290 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3291 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3292 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3294 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3296 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3297 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3298 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3300 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3302 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3303 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3304 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3305 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3306 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3307 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3309 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3311 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3313 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3315 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3316 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3317 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3318 of the form
3320 #include \"filename\"
3322 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3323 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3324 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3325 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3326 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3328 For example, you could use
3330 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3331 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3332 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3334 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3335 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3336 lexicographic order.")
3338 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3340 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3341 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3342 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3344 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3346 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3347 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3348 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3349 diary display.
3351 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3352 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3353 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3354 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3355 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3356 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3357 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3359 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3360 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3361 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3362 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3363 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3364 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3365 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3366 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3368 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3370 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3371 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3372 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3373 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3374 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3375 `diary-bahai-list-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3376 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3378 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3380 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3381 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3383 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3384 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3385 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3386 of the form
3387 #include \"filename\"
3388 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3389 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3390 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3391 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3392 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3394 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3396 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3397 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3398 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3399 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3400 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3401 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3402 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3404 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3406 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3407 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3408 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3409 are holidays.")
3411 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3413 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3414 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3415 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3416 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3417 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3419 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3421 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3423 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3424 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3429 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3431 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3432 Oriental holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3437 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3439 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3440 Local holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3445 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3447 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3448 User defined holidays.
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3451 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3453 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3455 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3457 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3459 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3461 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3463 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3465 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3467 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3469 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3471 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3472 Jewish holidays.
3473 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3475 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3477 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3479 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3480 Christian holidays.
3481 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3483 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3485 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3487 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3488 Islamic holidays.
3489 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3491 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3493 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3495 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3496 Baha'i holidays.
3497 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3499 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3501 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3503 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3504 Sun-related holidays.
3505 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3507 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3509 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3511 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3512 The frame setup of the calendar.
3513 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3514 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3515 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3516 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3517 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3519 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3521 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3522 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3523 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3525 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3526 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3530 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3531 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3532 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3534 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3535 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3536 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3537 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3539 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3541 ;;;***
3543 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3544 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18307 57865))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3547 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3548 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3550 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3552 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3553 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3554 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3555 it fails.
3557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3559 ;;;***
3561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18307
3562 ;;;;;; 57870))
3563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3564 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3566 ;;;***
3568 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3569 ;;;;;; (18316 2343))
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3572 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3573 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3575 \(fn)" nil nil)
3577 ;;;***
3579 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3580 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3581 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
3582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3584 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3585 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3586 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3587 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3588 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3589 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3590 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3592 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3594 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3595 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3596 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3597 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3599 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3600 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3603 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3607 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3608 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3610 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3612 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3613 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3615 Key bindings:
3616 \\{c-mode-map}
3618 \(fn)" t nil)
3620 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3621 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3623 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3624 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3625 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3626 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3627 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3628 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3629 message.
3631 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3633 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3634 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3636 Key bindings:
3637 \\{c++-mode-map}
3639 \(fn)" t nil)
3641 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3642 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3643 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3645 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3646 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3647 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3648 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3649 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3650 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3651 message.
3653 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3655 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3656 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3658 Key bindings:
3659 \\{objc-mode-map}
3661 \(fn)" t nil)
3663 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3664 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3667 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3668 Major mode for editing Java code.
3669 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3670 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3671 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3672 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3673 message.
3675 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3677 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3678 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3680 Key bindings:
3681 \\{java-mode-map}
3683 \(fn)" t nil)
3685 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3686 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3687 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3689 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3690 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3691 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3692 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3693 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3694 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3695 message.
3697 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3699 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3700 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3702 Key bindings:
3703 \\{idl-mode-map}
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3708 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3709 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3710 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3712 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3713 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3714 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3715 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3716 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3717 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3718 message.
3720 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3722 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3723 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3725 Key bindings:
3726 \\{pike-mode-map}
3728 \(fn)" t nil)
3729 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3730 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3731 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3732 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3733 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3734 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3739 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18307 57871))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3742 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3743 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3744 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3745 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3747 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3749 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3750 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3751 might get set too.
3753 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3754 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3755 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3756 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3757 way.
3759 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3760 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3761 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3762 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3763 a null operation.
3765 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3767 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3768 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3769 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3770 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3772 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3774 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3775 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3776 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3778 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3780 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3781 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3782 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3783 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3784 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3786 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3788 ;;;***
3790 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3791 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
3792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3794 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3795 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3796 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3797 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3798 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3799 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3800 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3801 Here are some examples:
3803 Nomenclature Subwords
3804 ===========================================================
3805 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3806 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3807 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3809 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3810 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3811 as words.
3813 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3817 ;;;***
3819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18317 19256))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3821 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3822 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3823 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3825 ;;;***
3827 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3828 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3829 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
3830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3832 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3833 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3835 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3837 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3838 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3840 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3843 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3845 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3846 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3847 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3848 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3849 execution.
3851 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3853 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3855 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3856 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3858 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3859 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3860 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3861 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3863 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3864 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3865 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3866 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3867 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3868 `write' commands.
3870 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3871 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3872 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3873 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3875 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3876 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3877 semantics.
3879 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3881 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3883 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3885 STATEMENT :=
3886 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3887 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3889 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3890 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3891 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3892 | integer
3894 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3896 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3897 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3898 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3900 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3901 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3902 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3904 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3905 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3907 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3908 BREAK := (break)
3910 REPEAT :=
3911 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3912 (repeat)
3913 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3914 ;; (repeat))
3915 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3916 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3917 ;; (read REG)
3918 ;; (repeat))
3919 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3920 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3921 ;; (read REG)
3922 ;; (repeat))
3923 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3925 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3926 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3927 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3928 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3929 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3930 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3931 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3932 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3933 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3934 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3935 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3936 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3937 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3938 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3939 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3940 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3942 WRITE :=
3943 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3944 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3945 ;; representation.
3946 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3947 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3948 ;; (write r7))
3949 | (write EXPRESSION)
3950 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3951 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3952 ;; representation.
3953 | (write integer)
3954 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3955 ;; buffer.
3956 | (write string)
3957 ;; Same as: (write string)
3958 | string
3959 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3960 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3961 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3962 ;; representation.
3963 | (write REG ARRAY)
3964 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3965 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3966 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3967 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3968 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3969 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3971 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3972 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3974 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3975 END := (end)
3977 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3978 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3979 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3981 ARG := REG | integer
3983 OPERATOR :=
3984 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3985 + | - | * | / | %
3987 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3988 | & | `|' | ^
3990 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3991 | << | >>
3993 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3994 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3995 | <8
3997 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3998 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3999 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4000 | >8
4002 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4003 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4004 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4005 | //
4007 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4008 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4010 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4011 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4012 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4013 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4014 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4015 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4016 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4017 | de-sjis
4019 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4020 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4021 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4022 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4023 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4024 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4025 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4026 ;; byte of SJIS.
4027 | en-sjis
4029 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4030 ;; Same meaning as C code
4031 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4033 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4034 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4035 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4036 | <8=
4038 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4039 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4040 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4042 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4043 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4044 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4045 | //=
4047 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4050 TRANSLATE :=
4051 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4052 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4053 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4054 LOOKUP :=
4055 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4056 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4057 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4058 MAP :=
4059 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4060 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4061 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4062 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4063 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4064 MAP-ID := integer
4066 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4068 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4069 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4070 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4071 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4072 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4073 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4075 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4077 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4078 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4079 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4081 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4083 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4085 ;;;***
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4088 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
4089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4091 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4092 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4093 There are no special keybindings by default.
4095 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4096 to the action header.
4098 \(fn)" t nil)
4100 ;;;***
4102 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
4103 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18308 19808))
4104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4106 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4107 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4108 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4110 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4112 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4113 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4114 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
4115 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
4116 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
4118 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4120 ;;;***
4122 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4123 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4124 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4125 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4126 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4127 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4128 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4129 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4130 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
4131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4132 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4133 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4135 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4136 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4137 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4138 the users will view as each check is completed.
4140 \(fn)" t nil)
4142 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4143 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4144 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4145 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4146 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4147 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4148 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4149 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4151 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4153 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4154 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4155 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4156 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4157 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4158 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4159 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4160 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4162 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4164 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4165 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4166 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4167 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4168 spacing are all verified.
4170 \(fn)" t nil)
4172 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4173 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4174 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4175 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4176 otherwise stop after the first error.
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4181 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4182 Only documentation strings are checked.
4183 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4185 a separate buffer.
4187 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4190 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4191 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4192 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4193 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4198 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4199 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4200 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4201 if there is one.
4203 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4205 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4206 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4207 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4208 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4209 if there is one.
4210 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4212 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4214 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4215 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4216 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4218 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4220 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4221 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4222 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4223 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4224 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4226 \(fn)" t nil)
4228 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4229 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4230 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4231 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4232 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4233 space at the end of each line.
4235 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4237 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4238 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4239 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4242 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4244 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4246 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4249 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4251 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4252 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4253 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4254 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4256 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4258 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4259 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4260 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4263 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4265 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4266 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4267 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4268 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4270 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4272 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4273 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4274 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4275 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4277 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4279 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4280 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4281 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4282 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4284 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4286 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4287 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4288 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4289 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4291 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4294 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4295 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4296 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4298 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4300 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4301 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4302 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4303 turn it off.
4305 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4306 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4307 checking of documentation strings.
4309 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4313 ;;;***
4315 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4316 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18311
4317 ;;;;;; 19809))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4320 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4321 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4322 Return the length of resulting text.
4324 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4326 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4327 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4329 \(fn)" t nil)
4331 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4332 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4333 Return the length of resulting text.
4335 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4337 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4338 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4340 \(fn)" t nil)
4342 ;;;***
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4345 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18307 57853))
4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4348 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4349 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4350 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4351 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4352 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4353 editing and the result is evaluated.
4355 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4357 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4358 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4359 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4360 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4361 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4363 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4365 \(fn)" t nil)
4367 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4368 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4369 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4370 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4371 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4373 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4374 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4375 \\{command-history-map}
4377 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4378 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4380 \(fn)" t nil)
4382 ;;;***
4384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18307 57861))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4387 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4388 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4389 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4390 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4391 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4392 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4394 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4395 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4397 ;;;***
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4400 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
4401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4403 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4404 Not documented
4406 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4408 ;;;***
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4411 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4414 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4415 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4416 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4417 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4419 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4420 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4421 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4422 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4424 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4425 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4427 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4429 ;;;***
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18307
4432 ;;;;;; 57853))
4433 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4435 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4436 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4437 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4438 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4439 of `scheme-program-name').
4440 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4441 it is given as initial input.
4442 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4443 discards input when it starts up.
4444 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4445 is run).
4446 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4448 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4449 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4451 ;;;***
4453 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4454 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
4455 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4457 (autoload 'cp-make-coding-system "code-pages" "\
4458 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4459 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4460 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4461 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4462 ?* is used.
4463 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4465 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4466 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4467 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4468 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4469 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4470 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4471 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4472 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4473 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4474 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4475 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4476 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4477 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4478 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4479 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4480 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4481 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4482 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4483 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4484 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4485 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4486 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4487 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4488 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4489 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4490 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4491 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4492 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4493 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4494 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4495 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4496 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4497 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4498 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4499 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4500 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4501 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4502 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4503 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4504 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4505 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4506 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4507 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4508 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4509 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4511 ;;;***
4513 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4514 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4515 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18307 57867))
4516 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4518 (autoload 'cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4519 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4520 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4521 ASCII table.
4523 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4524 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4525 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4526 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4528 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4530 (autoload 'cp-charset-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4531 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4532 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4534 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4536 (autoload 'cp-language-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4537 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4538 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4540 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4542 (autoload 'cp-offset-for-codepage "codepage" "\
4543 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4544 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4546 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4548 (autoload 'cp-supported-codepages "codepage" "\
4549 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4551 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4552 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4553 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4555 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4556 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4558 \(fn)" nil nil)
4560 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4561 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4563 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4564 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4565 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4567 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4569 ;;;***
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4572 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4573 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (18317 49783))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4577 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4578 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4579 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4580 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4581 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4582 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4583 functions have already modified the buffer.
4585 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4587 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4588 either globally or locally.")
4590 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4592 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4593 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4594 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4595 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4596 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4597 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4598 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4599 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4601 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4603 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4605 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4606 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4607 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4608 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4609 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4610 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4611 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4612 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4614 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4616 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4618 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4619 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4620 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4621 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4622 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4623 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4625 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4627 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4628 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4629 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4630 directory tracking functions.")
4632 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4633 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4634 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4636 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4638 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4640 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4641 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4642 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4644 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4646 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4648 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4649 Send COMMAND to current process.
4650 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4651 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4653 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4655 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4656 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4657 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4658 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4660 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4662 ;;;***
4664 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18307
4665 ;;;;;; 57854))
4666 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4668 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4669 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4670 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4671 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4673 This command pushes the mark in each window
4674 at the prior location of point in that window.
4675 If both windows display the same buffer,
4676 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4677 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4679 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4680 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4681 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4682 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4683 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4684 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4685 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4686 ignored.
4688 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4689 this command work in interlaced mode:
4690 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4691 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4692 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4694 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4696 ;;;***
4698 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4699 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4700 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4701 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4702 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18316 2343))
4703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4705 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4706 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4708 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4710 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4711 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4713 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4715 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4716 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4717 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4718 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4719 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4720 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4721 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4723 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4724 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4725 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4726 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4727 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4729 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4730 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4731 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4732 describing how the process finished.")
4734 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4735 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4736 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4737 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4738 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4740 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4741 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4742 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4744 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4746 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4747 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4748 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4749 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4751 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4753 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4754 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4756 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4757 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4759 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4760 (lambda ()
4761 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4762 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4763 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4764 (concat \"make -k \"
4765 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4767 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4768 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4770 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4771 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4772 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4773 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4775 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4777 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4778 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4779 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4780 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4782 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4783 and move to the source code that caused it.
4785 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4786 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4788 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4789 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4790 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4791 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4793 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4794 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4795 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4796 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4798 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4799 kills its subprocesses.
4801 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4802 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4803 to a function that generates a unique name.
4805 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4807 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4808 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4809 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4810 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4812 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4813 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4815 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4816 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4817 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4818 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4820 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4821 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4822 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4824 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4826 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4828 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4829 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4830 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4831 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4832 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4834 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4836 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4838 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4840 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4841 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4842 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4843 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4844 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4845 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4846 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4850 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4851 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4852 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4853 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4854 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4855 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4859 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4860 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4861 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4863 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4865 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4867 ;;;***
4869 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4870 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
4871 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4873 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4874 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4875 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4878 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4880 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4882 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4883 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4884 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4886 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4887 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4888 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4889 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4891 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4892 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4893 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4894 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4896 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4897 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4898 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4899 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4901 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4902 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4903 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4904 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4905 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4909 ;;;***
4911 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4912 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
4913 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4915 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4916 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4917 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4920 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4922 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4924 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4925 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4929 ;;;***
4931 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4932 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4933 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4934 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18307 57854))
4935 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4937 (defconst reference-point-alist '((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5)) "\
4938 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4939 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4940 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4941 `make-composition'.
4943 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4945 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4946 | | 1:tc or top-center
4947 | | 2:tr or top-right
4948 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4949 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4950 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4951 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4952 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4953 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4955 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4956 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4957 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4958 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4959 be added.
4961 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4962 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4963 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4965 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4966 | | |
4967 | global| |
4968 | glyph | |
4969 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4970 +----+--*--+
4971 | | new |
4972 | |glyph|
4973 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4976 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4977 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4978 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4979 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4981 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4983 (autoload 'compose-region "composite" "\
4984 Compose characters in the current region.
4986 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4987 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4989 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4991 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4992 specifying the region.
4994 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4995 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4996 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4998 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4999 of the text in the region.
5001 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5003 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5004 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5005 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5006 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5008 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5009 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5010 detail.
5012 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5013 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5014 text in the composition.
5016 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
5018 (autoload 'decompose-region "composite" "\
5019 Decompose text in the current region.
5021 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5022 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
5024 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5026 (autoload 'compose-string "composite" "\
5027 Compose characters in string STRING.
5029 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5030 the characters in it.
5032 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5033 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
5034 STRING respectively.
5036 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5037 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5038 `compose-region' for more detail.
5040 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5041 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5042 text in the composition.
5044 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
5046 (autoload 'decompose-string "composite" "\
5047 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
5049 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
5051 (autoload 'compose-chars "composite" "\
5052 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5053 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5054 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5055 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5056 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5057 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5058 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
5060 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5062 (autoload 'find-composition "composite" "\
5063 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5065 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5066 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5068 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5069 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5071 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5072 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5074 If no composition is found, return nil.
5076 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5077 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5079 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5080 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5081 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5083 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5085 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5087 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5088 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5089 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5091 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5093 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5095 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5097 (autoload 'compose-chars-after "composite" "\
5098 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5100 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5101 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5102 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5103 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5104 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5105 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5106 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5107 nil.
5109 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5111 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5112 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5114 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5116 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5117 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5119 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5121 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5123 (autoload 'compose-last-chars "composite" "\
5124 Compose last characters.
5125 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5126 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5127 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5128 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5129 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5130 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5131 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5132 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5133 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5134 after a sequence of character events.
5136 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5137 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5139 (autoload 'decompose-composite-char "composite" "\
5140 Convert CHAR to string.
5142 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5143 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5144 vector of CHAR respectively.
5145 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5147 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5149 (make-obsolete 'decompose-composite-char 'char-to-string "21.1")
5151 ;;;***
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5154 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5155 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5156 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
5157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5159 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5160 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5161 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5162 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5163 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5164 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5165 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5167 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5168 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5169 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5171 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5172 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5173 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5175 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5176 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5177 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5178 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5180 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5181 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5182 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5183 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5184 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5185 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5186 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5188 \\{conf-mode-map}
5190 \(fn)" t nil)
5192 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5193 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5194 Comments start with `#'.
5195 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5197 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5199 \[Desktop Entry]
5200 Encoding=UTF-8
5201 Name=The GIMP
5202 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5203 Name[cs]=GIMP
5205 \(fn)" t nil)
5207 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5208 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5209 Comments start with `;'.
5210 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5212 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5214 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5215 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5216 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5218 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5219 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5223 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5224 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5225 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5226 between `/*' and `*/'.
5227 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5229 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5230 // another kind of comment
5231 /* yet another */
5233 name:value
5234 name=value
5235 name value
5236 x.1 =
5237 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5238 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5240 \(fn)" t nil)
5242 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5243 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5244 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5245 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5246 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5247 `conf-space-keywords'.
5248 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5249 in an interactive fashion instead.
5251 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5253 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5255 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5256 image/png png
5257 image/tiff tiff tif
5259 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5260 class desktop
5261 # Standard multimedia devices
5262 add /dev/audio desktop
5263 add /dev/mixer desktop
5265 \(fn)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5268 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5269 See `conf-space-mode'.
5271 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5273 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5274 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5275 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5278 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5280 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5281 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5283 \(fn)" t nil)
5285 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5286 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5287 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5288 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5290 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5292 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5293 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5295 \(fn)" t nil)
5297 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5298 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5299 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5300 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5302 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5304 *background: gray99
5305 *foreground: black
5307 \(fn)" t nil)
5309 ;;;***
5311 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5312 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18307 57870))
5313 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5315 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5316 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5317 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5318 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5320 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5322 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5323 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5324 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5325 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5327 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5329 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5330 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5331 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5332 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5334 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5336 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5337 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5339 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5341 ;;;***
5343 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5344 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18307 57861))
5345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5347 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5348 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5349 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5350 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5351 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5352 following the copyright are updated as well.
5353 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5354 interactively.
5356 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5358 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5359 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5360 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5362 \(fn)" t nil)
5364 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5365 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5367 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5369 ;;;***
5371 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5372 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18307 57871))
5373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5374 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5375 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5376 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5377 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5378 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5379 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5380 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5382 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5383 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5384 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5385 Tab indents for Perl code.
5386 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5387 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5389 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5390 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5391 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5392 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5393 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5394 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5395 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5396 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5397 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5398 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5399 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5400 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5402 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5404 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5405 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5407 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5409 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5410 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5411 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5412 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5413 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5414 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5415 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5416 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5417 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5419 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5421 bite if angry;
5423 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5424 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5425 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5426 to nil.)
5428 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5429 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5430 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5432 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5434 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5435 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5436 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5437 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5438 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5440 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5442 if (A) { B }
5444 into
5446 B if A;
5448 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5450 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5451 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5452 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5453 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5454 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5455 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5456 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5457 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5458 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5459 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5460 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5461 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5462 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5464 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5465 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5466 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5467 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5468 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5469 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5471 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5472 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5473 man via menu.
5475 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5476 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5477 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5478 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5479 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5481 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5482 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5483 span the needed amount of lines.
5485 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5486 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5487 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5488 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5490 Variables controlling indentation style:
5491 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5492 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5493 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5494 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5495 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5496 `cperl-auto-newline'
5497 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5498 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5499 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5500 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5501 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5502 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5503 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5504 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5505 `cperl-indent-level'
5506 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5507 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5508 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5509 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5510 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5511 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5512 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5513 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5514 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5515 `cperl-brace-offset'
5516 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5517 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5518 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5519 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5520 `cperl-label-offset'
5521 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5522 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5523 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5525 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5526 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5527 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5528 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5529 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5530 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5532 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5533 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5534 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5535 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5537 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5538 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5539 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5540 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5541 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5542 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5544 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5545 column 0 is indented on
5546 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5548 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5549 with no args.
5551 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5552 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5553 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5555 \(fn)" t nil)
5557 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5558 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5560 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5562 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5563 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5565 \(fn)" t nil)
5567 ;;;***
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5570 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5573 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5574 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5575 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5576 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5577 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5581 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5582 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5584 \(fn)" t nil)
5586 ;;;***
5588 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5589 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
5590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5592 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5593 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5594 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5595 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5598 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5600 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5602 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5603 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5604 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5608 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5610 ;;;***
5612 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5613 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5616 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5617 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5618 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5619 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5621 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5622 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5623 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5624 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5626 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5627 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5628 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5630 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5631 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5632 'bob', and 'eve'.
5634 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5635 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5636 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5638 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5640 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5641 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5642 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5644 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18307
5649 ;;;;;; 57872))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5651 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5653 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5654 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5656 \(fn)" t nil)
5658 ;;;***
5660 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5661 ;;;;;; (18307 57862))
5662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5664 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5665 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5666 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5669 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5671 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5673 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5674 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5675 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5676 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5677 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5679 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5680 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5681 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5682 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5683 function of these prefix keys.
5685 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5686 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5687 options:
5688 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5689 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5690 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5692 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5693 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5694 the prefix fallback behavior.
5696 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5697 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5698 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5699 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5703 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5704 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5708 ;;;***
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5711 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5712 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5713 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5714 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5715 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5716 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5717 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5718 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5719 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5720 ;;;;;; (18304 46561))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5723 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5724 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5726 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5728 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5729 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5731 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5733 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5734 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5736 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5737 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5739 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5740 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5742 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5743 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5745 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5746 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5748 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5750 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5752 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5753 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5754 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5756 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5757 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5759 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5760 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5762 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5763 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5765 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5767 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5769 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5770 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5771 Return VALUE.
5773 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5774 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5776 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5777 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5779 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5780 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5782 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5784 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5787 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5788 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5789 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5790 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5792 \(fn)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5795 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5796 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5797 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5799 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5804 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5806 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5807 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5809 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5811 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5813 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5814 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5816 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5818 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5820 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5821 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5822 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5824 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5826 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5827 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5828 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5829 as part of Emacs itself.
5831 Each elements looks like this:
5833 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5835 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5836 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5837 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5838 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5839 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5840 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5841 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5842 and `defface'.
5844 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5846 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5847 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5848 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5849 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5850 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5852 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5853 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5854 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5855 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5857 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5859 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5860 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5861 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5862 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5863 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5865 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5866 that were added or redefined since that version.
5868 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5870 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5871 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5872 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5873 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5875 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5876 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5878 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5881 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5882 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5884 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5885 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5887 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5890 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5892 \(fn)" t nil)
5894 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5895 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5897 \(fn)" t nil)
5899 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5900 Customize all already saved user options.
5902 \(fn)" t nil)
5904 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5905 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5906 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5907 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5908 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5909 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5910 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5911 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5913 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5915 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5916 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5917 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5918 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5920 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5922 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5923 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5925 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5927 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5928 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5930 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5932 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5933 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5934 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5935 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5936 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5937 that option.
5939 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5941 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5942 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5943 The result includes selecting that window.
5944 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5945 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5946 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5947 that option.
5949 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5951 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5952 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5954 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5956 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5957 File used for storing customization information.
5958 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5959 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5960 it should be an absolute file name.
5962 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5963 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5964 something like the following in your init file:
5966 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5967 \(load custom-file)
5969 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5970 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5972 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5973 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5974 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5975 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5976 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5978 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5979 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5980 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5981 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5982 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5983 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5984 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5985 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5986 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5987 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5989 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5991 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5992 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5994 \(fn)" nil nil)
5996 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5997 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5999 \(fn)" t nil)
6001 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6002 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6003 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6005 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6007 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6008 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6009 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6010 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6011 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6013 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6015 ;;;***
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
6018 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18307 57854))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
6021 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
6022 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
6024 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6026 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
6027 Alist of face attributes.
6029 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
6030 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
6031 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
6032 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
6033 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
6034 and POST-FILTER are optional.
6036 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
6037 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
6038 customization type TYPE).
6040 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
6041 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
6042 given face attribute.")
6044 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
6045 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
6046 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
6047 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
6049 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
6051 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
6052 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
6053 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
6054 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
6055 between themes and faces.
6056 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
6058 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
6059 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
6061 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
6064 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
6065 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
6067 (FACE IGNORED)
6069 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
6071 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6073 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
6074 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
6075 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
6077 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
6079 (FACE FROM-THEME)
6081 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
6083 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6085 ;;;***
6087 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
6088 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
6089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6091 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6092 Create a custom theme.
6094 \(fn)" t nil)
6096 ;;;***
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
6099 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
6100 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
6102 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6103 Mode used for cvs status output.
6105 \(fn)" t nil)
6107 ;;;***
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6110 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18307 57871))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6113 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6114 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6116 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6117 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6118 C++ modes are included.
6120 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6124 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6125 Turn on CWarn mode.
6127 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6128 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6130 \(fn)" nil nil)
6132 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6133 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6134 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6136 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6137 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6139 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6141 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6142 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6143 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6144 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6145 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6149 ;;;***
6151 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6152 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6153 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6156 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6157 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6159 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6161 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6162 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6164 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6166 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6167 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6168 For readability, the table is slightly
6169 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6171 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6172 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6173 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6174 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6175 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6177 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6179 ;;;***
6181 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6182 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6184 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6185 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6187 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6188 Completion on current word.
6189 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6190 and presents suggestions for completion.
6192 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6193 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6194 completions.
6196 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6197 then it searches *all* buffers.
6199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6202 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6204 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6205 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6206 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6207 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6208 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6210 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6211 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6213 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6214 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6215 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6217 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6218 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6220 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6224 ;;;***
6226 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18303
6227 ;;;;;; 25698))
6228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6230 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6231 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6232 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6233 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6237 ;;;***
6239 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18307
6240 ;;;;;; 57871))
6241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6243 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6244 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6246 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6247 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6248 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6250 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6251 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6252 Data lines are not indented.
6254 Key bindings:
6256 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6257 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6259 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6260 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6261 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6262 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6264 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6266 dcl-basic-offset
6267 Extra indentation within blocks.
6269 dcl-continuation-offset
6270 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6272 dcl-margin-offset
6273 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6275 dcl-margin-label-offset
6276 Indentation for a label.
6278 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6279 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6281 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6282 dcl-block-end-regexp
6283 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6284 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6285 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6286 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6287 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6289 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6290 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6291 Two such functions are included in the package:
6292 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6293 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6295 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6296 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6297 One such function is included in the package:
6298 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6300 dcl-tab-always-indent
6301 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6302 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6303 margin.
6305 dcl-electric-characters
6306 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6307 typed.
6309 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6310 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6311 which words trigger electric indentation.
6313 dcl-tempo-comma
6314 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6315 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6316 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6318 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6319 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6320 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6321 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6323 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6324 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6325 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6326 dcl-imenu-label-call
6327 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6329 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6330 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6331 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6332 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6335 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6337 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6338 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6339 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6340 $ i = 1
6341 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6342 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6343 $ label:
6344 $ if i.eq.1
6345 $ then
6346 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6347 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6348 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6349 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6350 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6351 \"lined up with the command line\"
6352 $ type sys$input
6353 Data lines are not indented at all.
6354 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6355 $ endif
6359 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6360 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6362 \(fn)" t nil)
6364 ;;;***
6366 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6367 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18307 57861))
6368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6370 (setq debugger 'debug)
6372 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6373 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6374 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6375 of the evaluator.
6377 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6378 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6379 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6381 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6383 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6384 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6386 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6388 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6389 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6390 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6391 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6392 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6393 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6395 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6396 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6398 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6400 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6401 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6402 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6403 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6404 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6406 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6408 ;;;***
6410 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6411 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
6412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6414 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6415 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6417 \(fn)" t nil)
6419 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6420 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6421 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6422 Upper-case letters are commands.
6424 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6425 modify it.
6427 The most useful commands are:
6428 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6429 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6430 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6431 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6432 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6433 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6435 \(fn)" t nil)
6437 ;;;***
6439 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6440 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18307
6441 ;;;;;; 57854))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6444 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6445 Customization of `columns' group.
6447 \(fn)" t nil)
6449 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6450 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6452 START and END delimits the text region.
6454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6456 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6457 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6459 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6463 ;;;***
6465 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18307
6466 ;;;;;; 57871))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6469 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6470 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6471 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6472 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6473 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6474 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6476 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6478 Customization:
6480 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6481 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6482 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6483 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6484 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6485 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6486 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6487 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6488 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6489 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6490 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6491 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6492 blank line.
6493 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6494 Directories to search when finding external units.
6495 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6496 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6498 Coloring:
6500 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6501 Face used to color delphi comments.
6502 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6503 Face used to color delphi strings.
6504 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6505 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6506 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6507 Face used to color everything else.
6509 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6510 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6512 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6514 ;;;***
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18307
6517 ;;;;;; 57854))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6520 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6522 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6523 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6524 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6527 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6529 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6531 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6532 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6533 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6534 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6536 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6537 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6538 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6539 any selection.
6541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6543 ;;;***
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6546 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18307 57861))
6547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6549 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6550 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6552 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6554 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6555 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6556 or nil if there is no parent.
6557 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6558 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6559 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6560 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6561 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6563 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6564 arguments are currently understood:
6565 :group GROUP
6566 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6567 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6568 :syntax-table TABLE
6569 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6570 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6571 :abbrev-table TABLE
6572 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6573 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6575 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6577 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6579 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6580 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6581 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6583 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6584 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6586 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6587 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6588 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6590 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6591 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6593 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6594 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6596 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6598 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6600 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6601 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6602 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6603 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6604 the first time the mode is used.
6606 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6608 ;;;***
6610 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6611 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18307 57854))
6612 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6614 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6615 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6616 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6617 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6618 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6619 otherwise.
6621 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6623 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6624 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6625 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6626 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6627 character composition information (if relevant),
6628 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6630 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6632 ;;;***
6634 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6635 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6636 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6637 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18307 57854))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6640 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6641 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6642 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6644 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6646 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6647 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6648 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6649 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6650 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6651 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6655 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6656 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6657 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6658 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6660 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6662 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6663 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6664 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6666 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6667 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6668 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6670 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6671 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6673 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6674 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6675 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6677 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6678 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6679 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6680 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6682 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6684 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6685 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6687 Handlers are called with argument list
6689 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6691 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6693 desktop-file-version
6694 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6695 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6696 desktop-buffer-point
6697 desktop-buffer-mark
6698 desktop-buffer-read-only
6699 desktop-buffer-locals
6701 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6702 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6704 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6705 code like
6707 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6709 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6710 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6712 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6714 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6716 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6717 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6718 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6719 List elements must have the form
6721 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6723 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6724 function.
6726 Handlers are called with argument list
6728 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6730 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6732 desktop-file-version
6733 desktop-buffer-file-name
6734 desktop-buffer-name
6735 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6736 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6737 desktop-buffer-point
6738 desktop-buffer-mark
6739 desktop-buffer-read-only
6740 desktop-buffer-misc
6742 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6743 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6744 created and set.
6746 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6747 code like
6749 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6751 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6752 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6754 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6756 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6758 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6760 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6761 Empty the Desktop.
6762 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6763 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6764 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6766 \(fn)" t nil)
6768 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6769 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6770 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6771 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6772 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6774 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6776 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6777 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6778 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6783 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6784 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6785 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6786 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6787 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6788 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6789 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6791 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6793 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6794 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6795 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6797 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6800 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6801 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6802 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6803 directory DIRNAME.
6805 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6807 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6808 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6810 \(fn)" t nil)
6812 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6813 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6815 \(fn)" t nil)
6817 ;;;***
6819 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6820 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6821 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18307 57865))
6822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6824 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6825 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6826 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6827 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6828 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6829 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6831 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6833 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6834 Repair a broken attribution line.
6835 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6837 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6839 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6840 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6841 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6842 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6844 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6847 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6849 \(fn)" t nil)
6851 ;;;***
6853 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6854 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18307 57867))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6857 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6859 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6860 Not documented
6862 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6864 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6865 Not documented
6867 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6869 ;;;***
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6872 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18307 57860))
6873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6875 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6876 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6877 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6878 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6879 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6883 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6884 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6885 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6886 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6888 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6889 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6890 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6891 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6893 #!/bin/sh
6894 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6895 emacs -batch \\
6896 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6897 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6898 european-calendar-style t \\
6899 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6900 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6901 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6903 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6904 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6905 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6906 to run it every morning at 1am.
6908 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6910 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6911 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6913 \(fn)" t nil)
6915 ;;;***
6917 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6918 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18307 57854))
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6921 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6922 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6924 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6926 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6927 *The command to use to run diff.")
6929 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6931 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6932 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6933 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6934 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6935 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6936 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6938 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6940 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6941 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6942 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6943 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6944 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6945 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6947 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6949 ;;;***
6951 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6952 ;;;;;; (18316 12901))
6953 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6955 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6956 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6957 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6958 normal diffs.
6960 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6961 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6962 headers for you on-the-fly.
6964 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6965 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6966 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6968 \\{diff-mode-map}
6970 \(fn)" t nil)
6972 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6973 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6974 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6978 ;;;***
6980 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6981 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6982 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6983 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6984 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18307 57854))
6985 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6987 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6988 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6989 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6990 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6991 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6992 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6993 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6994 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6996 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6998 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6999 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
7001 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
7002 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
7003 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
7004 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
7005 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
7007 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
7008 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
7010 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
7011 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
7012 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
7013 always set this variable to t.")
7015 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
7017 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
7018 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
7019 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
7020 A value of t means move to first file.")
7022 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
7024 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
7025 *Controls marking of renamed files.
7026 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
7027 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
7028 are afterward marked with that character.")
7030 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
7032 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
7033 *Controls marking of copied files.
7034 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
7035 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
7037 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
7039 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
7040 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
7041 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
7042 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
7044 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
7046 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
7047 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
7048 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
7049 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
7051 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
7053 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
7054 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
7055 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
7056 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
7058 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
7060 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
7062 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
7063 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
7064 \(This works on only some systems.)")
7066 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
7068 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7069 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
7070 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7071 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7072 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7073 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7075 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7076 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
7077 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7078 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7079 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
7080 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
7081 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
7082 list of files to make directory entries for.
7083 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
7084 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
7085 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
7086 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
7088 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7090 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7091 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7093 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
7096 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7097 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7099 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7100 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
7102 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7105 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7107 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7109 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7110 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
7111 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
7112 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7113 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
7114 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
7115 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7116 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7117 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7118 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7119 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7120 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7121 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7122 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7123 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7124 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7125 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7126 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7127 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7128 to see why something went wrong.
7129 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7130 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7131 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7132 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7133 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7134 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7135 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7136 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7137 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7138 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7139 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7140 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7141 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7143 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7144 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7145 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7146 again for the directory tree.
7148 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7149 for more info):
7151 `dired-listing-switches'
7152 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7153 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7154 `dired-marker-char'
7155 `dired-del-marker'
7156 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7157 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7158 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7159 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7161 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7163 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7164 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7165 `dired-mode-hook'
7166 `dired-load-hook'
7168 Keybindings:
7169 \\{dired-mode-map}
7171 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7172 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7174 ;;;***
7176 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7177 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7178 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7179 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7180 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7181 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7182 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7183 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7184 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7185 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7186 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7187 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7188 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7189 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18307 57854))
7190 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7192 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
7193 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7194 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7195 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7196 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7197 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7198 which is options for `diff'.
7200 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
7203 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7204 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7205 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7206 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7207 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7209 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7211 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
7212 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7213 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7214 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7215 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7216 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7217 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7219 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7221 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7222 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7223 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7224 returned by function `file-attributes'
7226 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7227 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7229 Examples of PREDICATE:
7231 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7232 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7233 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7234 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7235 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7237 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
7240 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7241 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
7246 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
7251 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7255 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
7256 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7257 This calls touch.
7259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7261 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
7262 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7263 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7264 `lpr-switches' as default.
7266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7268 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
7269 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7270 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7271 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7272 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7274 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7275 with a prefix argument.
7277 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7280 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7281 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7282 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7283 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7285 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7286 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7288 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7289 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7290 file name substituted for `?'.
7292 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7293 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7295 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7296 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7297 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7298 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7300 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7302 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7303 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7304 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7306 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7307 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7308 in a subdir.
7310 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7311 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7312 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7314 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7316 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7317 Not documented
7319 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7321 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7322 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7323 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7324 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7325 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7326 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7327 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7328 from the buffer as well.
7329 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7330 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7331 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7333 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7336 Not documented
7338 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7340 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7341 Not documented
7343 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7345 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7346 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7351 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7355 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7356 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7361 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7362 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7363 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7365 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7366 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7367 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7368 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7369 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7370 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7371 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7373 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7376 Not documented
7378 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7380 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7381 Not documented
7383 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7385 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7386 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7388 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7390 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7391 Not documented
7393 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7395 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7396 Not documented
7398 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7400 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7401 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7403 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7406 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7407 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7408 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7409 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7410 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7411 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7412 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7413 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7415 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7416 like `cp -d'.
7418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7421 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7422 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7423 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7424 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7425 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7426 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7427 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7429 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7434 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7435 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7436 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7437 and new hard links are made in that directory
7438 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7439 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7440 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7444 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7445 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7446 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7447 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7448 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7449 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7450 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7455 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7457 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7458 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7459 file if none are marked.
7461 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7462 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7463 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7464 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7466 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7467 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7469 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7472 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7473 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7475 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7478 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7479 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7484 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7489 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7490 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7494 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7495 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7499 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7500 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7501 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7502 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7503 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7504 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7505 this subdirectory.
7506 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7508 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7509 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7510 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7511 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7512 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7513 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7514 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7516 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7519 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7520 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7521 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7522 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7523 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7524 this subdirectory.
7525 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7527 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7529 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7530 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7531 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7533 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7535 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7536 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7537 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7538 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7540 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7542 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7543 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7544 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7545 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7549 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7550 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7551 Lower levels are unaffected.
7553 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7555 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7556 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7560 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7561 Go down in the dired tree.
7563 \(fn)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7566 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7567 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7568 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7572 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7573 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7574 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7575 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7579 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7580 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7581 Stops when a match is found.
7582 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7586 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7587 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7588 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7589 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7590 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7592 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7594 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7595 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7596 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7597 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7599 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7601 ;;;***
7603 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7604 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7607 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7608 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7609 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7610 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7611 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7612 buffer and try again.
7614 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7616 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7617 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7618 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7619 This creates relative symbolic links like
7621 foo -> ../bar/foo
7623 not absolute ones like
7625 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7627 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7631 ;;;***
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7634 ;;;;;; (18307 57854))
7635 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7637 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7638 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7639 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7640 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7641 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7642 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7643 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7647 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7648 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7649 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7651 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7653 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7654 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7656 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7658 ;;;***
7660 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18307
7661 ;;;;;; 57861))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7664 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7665 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7666 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7667 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7668 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7669 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7671 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7676 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7677 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7678 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7679 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7680 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18307 57854))
7681 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7683 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7684 Return a new, empty display table.
7686 \(fn)" nil nil)
7688 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7689 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7690 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7691 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7692 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7694 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7696 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7697 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7698 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7699 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7700 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7702 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7704 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7705 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7707 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7709 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7710 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7712 \(fn)" t nil)
7714 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7715 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7717 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7719 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7720 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7722 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7724 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7725 Display character C using printable string S.
7727 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7729 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7730 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7731 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7732 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7734 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7736 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7737 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7738 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7739 X frame.
7741 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7743 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7744 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7746 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7748 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7749 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7753 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7754 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7756 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7758 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7759 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7761 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7763 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7764 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7766 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7768 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7769 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7771 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7772 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7773 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7774 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7776 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7777 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7778 European character display.
7780 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7781 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7782 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7783 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7785 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7786 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7787 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7788 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7789 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7791 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7793 ;;;***
7795 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7796 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
7797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7799 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7800 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7801 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7802 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7803 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7804 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7805 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7806 Default is 2.
7808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7810 ;;;***
7812 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18307 57854))
7813 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7815 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7816 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7817 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7818 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7819 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7820 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7821 private or ask).
7822 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7823 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7824 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7825 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7826 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7828 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7830 ;;;***
7832 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7833 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18307 57872))
7834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7836 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7837 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7838 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7839 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7840 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7841 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7842 table and its own syntax table.
7844 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7846 \(fn)" t nil)
7847 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7849 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7850 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7852 \(fn)" t nil)
7853 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7855 ;;;***
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
7858 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18310 28916))
7859 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7861 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7862 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7863 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7865 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7867 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7868 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7869 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7870 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7872 \(fn)" t nil)
7874 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7875 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7876 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7877 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7881 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7882 Not documented
7884 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7886 ;;;***
7888 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18307 57870))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7891 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7892 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7896 ;;;***
7898 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18307 57855))
7899 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7901 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7902 Toggle Double mode.
7903 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7904 turn it off.
7906 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7907 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7911 ;;;***
7913 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18307 57870))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7916 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7917 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7919 \(fn)" t nil)
7921 ;;;***
7923 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7924 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
7925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7927 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7928 Play sounds in message buffers.
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7932 ;;;***
7934 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7935 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7936 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18307 57861))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7939 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7941 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7942 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7943 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7944 and toggle command MODE.
7946 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7947 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7948 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7949 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7950 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7951 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7952 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7953 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7954 used (see below).
7956 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7957 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7958 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7959 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7960 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7961 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7962 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7963 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7964 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7965 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7966 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7967 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7968 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7969 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7970 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7971 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7972 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7974 For example, you could write
7975 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7976 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7977 ...BODY CODE...)
7979 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7981 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7983 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7985 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7986 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7987 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7988 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7989 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7990 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7991 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7992 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7993 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7994 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7995 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7996 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7998 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7999 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8000 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8001 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8002 call another major mode in their body.
8004 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
8006 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8007 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8008 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8009 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8010 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8011 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8012 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8014 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8016 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8017 Not documented
8019 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
8021 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8022 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8023 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8025 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
8027 ;;;***
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
8030 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18317
8031 ;;;;;; 19256))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8034 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8036 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8037 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
8039 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
8040 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
8041 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
8043 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
8044 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
8046 :filter FUNCTION
8048 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
8049 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
8051 :visible INCLUDE
8053 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
8054 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
8056 :active ENABLE
8058 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
8059 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8061 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
8063 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8065 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8067 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
8068 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8070 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8071 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8073 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8075 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
8077 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
8079 :keys KEYS
8081 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
8082 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
8083 computed automatically.
8084 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8086 :key-sequence KEYS
8088 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
8089 menu item.
8090 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
8091 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
8092 keyboard equivalent.
8094 :active ENABLE
8096 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8097 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8099 :visible INCLUDE
8101 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8102 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
8104 :label FORM
8106 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
8107 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
8109 :suffix FORM
8111 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
8112 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
8114 :style STYLE
8116 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
8117 defined:
8119 toggle: A checkbox.
8120 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
8121 radio: A radio button.
8122 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
8123 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
8124 menu bar itself.
8125 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
8127 :selected SELECTED
8129 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
8130 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8132 :help HELP
8134 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8136 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
8137 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
8138 as a solid horizontal line.
8140 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
8142 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
8144 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8145 Not documented
8147 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8149 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8150 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8151 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8152 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8154 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8156 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8157 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8158 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8159 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8160 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8161 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8163 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8164 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8165 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8167 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8168 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8169 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8171 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8172 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8174 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8176 ;;;***
8178 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8179 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8180 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
8181 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
8182 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
8183 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8184 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8185 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18307 57871))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8188 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Customization for ebnf group.
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8196 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8198 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8199 processed.
8201 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8203 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8205 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8206 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8208 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8209 killed after process termination.
8211 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8213 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8215 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8218 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8219 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8220 it to the printer.
8222 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8223 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8224 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8225 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8227 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8229 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8230 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8231 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8233 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8235 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8236 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8238 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8240 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8241 processed.
8243 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8245 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8248 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8250 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8251 killed after process termination.
8253 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8255 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8258 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8259 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8260 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8262 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8267 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8268 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8270 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8275 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8277 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8279 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8280 processed.
8282 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8284 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8287 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8289 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8290 killed after EPS generation.
8292 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8294 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8297 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8299 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8300 The EPS file name has the following form:
8302 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8304 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8305 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8307 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8308 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8309 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8310 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8311 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8313 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8314 files.
8316 \(fn)" t nil)
8318 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8319 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8321 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8322 The EPS file name has the following form:
8324 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8326 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8327 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8329 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8330 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8331 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8332 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8333 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8335 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8336 files.
8338 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8340 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8342 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8343 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8345 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8347 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8348 are processed.
8350 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8352 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8354 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8355 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8357 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8358 killed after syntax checking.
8360 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8362 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8364 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8365 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8367 \(fn)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8370 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8372 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8374 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8375 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8377 \(fn)" nil nil)
8379 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8380 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8384 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8387 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8389 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8391 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8394 Delete style NAME.
8396 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8398 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8400 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8401 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8403 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8405 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8408 Set STYLE as the current style.
8410 Returns the old style symbol.
8412 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8414 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8417 Reset current style.
8419 Returns the old style symbol.
8421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8423 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8425 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8426 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8428 Returns the old style symbol.
8430 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8432 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8434 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8437 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8439 Returns the old style symbol.
8441 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8443 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8445 \(fn)" t nil)
8447 ;;;***
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8450 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8451 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8452 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8453 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8454 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8455 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8456 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8457 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8458 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8459 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18307
8460 ;;;;;; 57871))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8464 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8465 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8466 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8467 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8468 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8470 Tree mode key bindings:
8471 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8473 \(fn)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8476 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8481 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8483 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8485 \(fn)" nil nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8488 View declaration of member at point.
8490 \(fn)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8493 Find declaration of member at point.
8495 \(fn)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8498 View definition of member at point.
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8503 Find definition of member at point.
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8508 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8510 \(fn)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8513 View definition of member at point in other window.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8518 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8520 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8523 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8525 \(fn)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8528 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8533 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8538 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8539 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8540 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8541 completion.
8543 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8545 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8546 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8547 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8548 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8550 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8553 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8554 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8555 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8557 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8560 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8561 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8566 Search for call sites of a member.
8567 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8568 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8569 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8570 looks like a function call to the member.
8572 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8575 Move backward in the position stack.
8576 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8581 Move forward in the position stack.
8582 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8586 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8587 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8589 \(fn)" t nil)
8591 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8592 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8596 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8597 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8598 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8599 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8601 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8603 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8604 Display statistics for a class tree.
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8608 ;;;***
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8611 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8614 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8615 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8616 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8617 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8619 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8620 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8621 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8623 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8624 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8625 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8627 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8629 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8633 ;;;***
8635 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8636 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18307 57855))
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8639 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8640 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8641 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8643 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8645 ;;;***
8647 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8648 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8651 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8652 Not documented
8654 \(fn)" nil nil)
8656 ;;;***
8658 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8659 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8660 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18307 57861))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8663 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8664 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8665 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8666 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8667 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8669 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8670 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8671 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8672 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8674 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8676 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8677 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8678 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8679 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8681 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8683 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8684 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8685 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8686 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8688 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8690 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8692 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8693 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8694 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8695 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8696 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8698 If you do this on a function definition
8699 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8700 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8701 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8702 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8704 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8705 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8706 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8707 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8708 already is one.)
8710 \(fn)" t nil)
8712 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8713 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8717 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8718 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8722 ;;;***
8724 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8725 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8726 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8728 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8729 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8730 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8731 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8732 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8733 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18309 50453))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8736 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8737 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8739 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8741 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8742 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8744 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8746 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8748 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8750 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8751 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8752 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8753 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8755 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8757 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8758 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8760 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8762 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8764 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8765 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8767 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8769 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8771 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8772 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8773 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8774 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8776 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8778 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8780 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8781 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8782 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8783 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8785 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8787 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8789 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8790 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8791 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8792 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8794 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8796 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8798 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8799 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8800 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8801 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8803 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8805 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8807 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8808 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8809 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8810 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8811 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8812 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8814 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8816 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8817 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8818 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8819 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8821 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8823 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8826 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8827 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8828 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8830 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8832 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8834 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8836 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8837 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8838 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8839 follows:
8840 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8841 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8843 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8845 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8846 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8847 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8848 follows:
8849 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8850 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8852 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8854 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8855 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8856 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8857 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8858 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8860 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8862 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8863 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8864 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8865 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8866 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8867 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8871 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8874 Merge two files without ancestor.
8876 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8879 Merge two files with ancestor.
8881 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8883 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8886 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8888 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8890 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8891 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8893 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8895 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8896 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8897 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8898 buffer.
8900 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8902 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8903 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8904 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8905 buffer.
8907 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8909 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8910 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8911 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8912 and don't ask the user.
8913 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8914 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8916 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8918 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8919 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8920 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8921 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8922 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8923 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8924 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8925 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8927 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8929 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8931 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8933 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8934 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8935 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8936 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8937 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8939 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8941 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8943 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8944 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8945 When called interactively, displays the version.
8947 \(fn)" t nil)
8949 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8950 Display Ediff's manual.
8951 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8953 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8955 ;;;***
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8961 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8962 Not documented
8964 \(fn)" t nil)
8966 ;;;***
8968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18307 57855))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8971 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8972 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8974 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8976 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8978 ;;;***
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8981 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8984 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8985 Display Ediff's registry.
8987 \(fn)" t nil)
8989 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8994 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18309 50453))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8997 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8998 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8999 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9000 which see.
9002 \(fn)" t nil)
9004 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9005 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9006 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9007 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9009 \(fn)" t nil)
9011 ;;;***
9013 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
9014 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
9015 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
9016 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9018 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
9019 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
9020 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
9022 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9023 Edit a keyboard macro.
9024 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9025 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9026 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
9027 its command name.
9028 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9030 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9032 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9033 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9035 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9037 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9038 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9042 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9043 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9044 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
9045 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9046 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
9047 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
9049 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9050 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9051 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9052 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9054 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9056 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9057 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9058 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9059 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9060 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9061 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9063 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
9068 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18307 57862))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9071 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9072 Set scroll margins.
9073 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9074 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9076 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9079 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9081 \(fn)" t nil)
9083 ;;;***
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9089 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9090 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
9091 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9092 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9093 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9094 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9095 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9097 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9098 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9100 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
9101 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
9102 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
9103 this value is non-nil.
9105 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9106 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9107 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9109 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9110 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9111 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
9113 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9115 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9116 Not documented
9118 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9120 ;;;***
9122 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
9123 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18307 57861))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
9126 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
9127 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
9129 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
9131 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9132 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
9133 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
9134 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
9135 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
9136 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
9137 of the function called in the expression point is on.
9139 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
9144 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
9149 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
9150 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
9151 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
9152 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
9153 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
9154 arg list.
9156 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
9157 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
9159 ;;;***
9161 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18307
9162 ;;;;;; 57855))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9165 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9166 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9168 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9169 an elided material again.
9171 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9175 ;;;***
9177 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9178 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9181 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9182 Initialize elint.
9184 \(fn)" t nil)
9186 ;;;***
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9189 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18307
9190 ;;;;;; 57861))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9193 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9194 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9195 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9197 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9199 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9200 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9201 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9203 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9205 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9206 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9207 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9209 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9211 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9213 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9214 Display current profiling results.
9215 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9216 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9217 displayed.
9219 \(fn)" t nil)
9221 ;;;***
9223 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9224 ;;;;;; (18302 4831))
9225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9227 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9228 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9229 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9231 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9233 ;;;***
9235 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9236 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9237 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9238 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9239 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18200 51264))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9242 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9243 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9244 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9245 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9246 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9247 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9248 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9249 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9250 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9251 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9252 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9253 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9254 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9255 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9256 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9257 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9259 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9260 Run Emerge on two files.
9262 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9264 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9265 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9267 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9269 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9270 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9272 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9274 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9275 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9277 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9279 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9280 Not documented
9282 \(fn)" nil nil)
9284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9285 Not documented
9287 \(fn)" nil nil)
9289 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9290 Not documented
9292 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9294 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9295 Not documented
9297 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9299 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9300 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9302 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9304 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9305 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9307 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9309 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9310 Not documented
9312 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9317 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9320 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9321 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9323 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9325 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9327 ;;;***
9329 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9330 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18307 57872))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9333 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9334 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9335 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9336 text/enriched format.
9337 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9339 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9340 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9342 Commands:
9344 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9348 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9349 Not documented
9351 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9353 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9354 Not documented
9356 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9358 ;;;***
9360 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9361 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18307 57865))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9364 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9365 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9369 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9370 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9371 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9373 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9375 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9376 (server (erc-compute-server))
9377 (port (erc-compute-port))
9378 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9379 password
9380 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9382 That is, if called with
9384 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9386 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9387 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9388 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9390 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9392 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9394 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9395 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9396 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9397 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9399 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9401 ;;;***
9403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18307
9404 ;;;;;; 57864))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9408 ;;;***
9410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18307 57864))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9412 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9414 ;;;***
9416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18307 57864))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9420 ;;;***
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18307 57864))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9426 ;;;***
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9429 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18307 57864))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9432 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9433 Parser for /dcc command.
9434 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9435 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9436 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9438 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9440 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9441 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9443 \(fn)" nil nil)
9445 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9446 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9448 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9449 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9450 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9451 that subcommand.
9453 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9455 ;;;***
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9458 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9459 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9460 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9461 ;;;;;; (18307 57864))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9464 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9465 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9467 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9469 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9470 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9471 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9472 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9474 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9476 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9477 Not documented
9479 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9481 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9482 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9484 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9486 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9487 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9489 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9491 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9492 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9494 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9496 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9497 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9499 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9501 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9502 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9504 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9506 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9507 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9509 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9511 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9512 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9514 \(fn)" nil nil)
9516 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9517 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9519 \(fn)" nil nil)
9521 ;;;***
9523 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18307
9524 ;;;;;; 57864))
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9526 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9528 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9529 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9530 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9532 \(fn)" nil nil)
9534 ;;;***
9536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18307
9537 ;;;;;; 57864))
9538 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9539 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9541 ;;;***
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9544 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18307 57864))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9546 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9548 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9549 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9550 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9551 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9552 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9553 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9554 system.
9556 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9559 Not documented
9561 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9563 ;;;***
9565 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9566 ;;;;;; (18307 57864))
9567 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9569 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9570 Not documented
9572 \(fn)" nil nil)
9574 ;;;***
9576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18307 57864))
9577 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9578 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9580 ;;;***
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9583 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18307 57864))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9585 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9587 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9588 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9589 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9590 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9591 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9592 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9596 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9597 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9598 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9599 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9601 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9602 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9603 automatically.
9605 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9606 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9608 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9610 ;;;***
9612 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9613 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9614 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9615 ;;;;;; (18307 57864))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9617 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9619 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9620 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9624 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9625 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9627 \(fn)" t nil)
9629 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9630 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9632 \(fn)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9635 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9637 \(fn)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9640 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9642 \(fn)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9645 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9647 \(fn)" t nil)
9649 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9650 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9652 \(fn)" t nil)
9654 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9655 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9657 \(fn)" t nil)
9659 ;;;***
9661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18307 57864))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9663 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9665 ;;;***
9667 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9668 ;;;;;; (18307 57864))
9669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9670 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9672 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9673 Show who's gone.
9675 \(fn)" nil nil)
9677 ;;;***
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9680 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18307 57864))
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9683 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9684 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9685 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9686 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9690 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9691 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9693 \(fn)" t nil)
9695 ;;;***
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9698 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18307 57865))
9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9700 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9702 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9703 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9704 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9705 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9707 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9709 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9710 Not documented
9712 \(fn)" nil nil)
9714 ;;;***
9716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18307 57865))
9717 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9718 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9720 ;;;***
9722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18307
9723 ;;;;;; 57865))
9724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9725 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9727 ;;;***
9729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18307 57865))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9731 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9733 ;;;***
9735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18307 57865))
9736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9737 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9739 ;;;***
9741 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9742 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18309 39532))
9743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9744 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9746 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9747 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9749 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9752 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9753 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9755 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9757 ;;;***
9759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18307 57865))
9760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9761 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9763 ;;;***
9765 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9766 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
9767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9769 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9770 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9771 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9773 \(fn)" t nil)
9775 ;;;***
9777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18307
9778 ;;;;;; 57865))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9780 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9782 ;;;***
9784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18307 57865))
9785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9786 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9788 ;;;***
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9791 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
9792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9794 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9795 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9796 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9798 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9800 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9801 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9802 mode line.
9804 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9805 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9806 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9811 ;;;***
9813 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9814 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18307 57865))
9815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9816 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9818 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9819 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9820 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9821 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9823 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9825 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9826 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9827 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9829 \(fn)" t nil)
9831 ;;;***
9833 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9834 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
9835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9837 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9838 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9840 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9842 ;;;***
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18307
9845 ;;;;;; 57865))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9848 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9849 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9851 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9853 \(fn)" nil nil)
9855 ;;;***
9857 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18307
9858 ;;;;;; 57865))
9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9861 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9862 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9866 ;;;***
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9869 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18307 57865))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9872 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9873 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9874 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9875 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9876 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9877 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9878 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9879 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9880 buffer selected (or created).
9882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9885 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9886 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9888 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9891 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9892 The result might be any Lisp object.
9893 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9894 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9895 corresponding to a successful execution.
9897 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9899 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9901 ;;;***
9903 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9904 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9905 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9906 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9907 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9908 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9909 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9910 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9913 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9914 *File name of tags table.
9915 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9916 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9917 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9918 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9920 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9921 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9922 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9923 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9925 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9927 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9928 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9929 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9930 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9931 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9932 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9934 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9936 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9937 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9938 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9939 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9940 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9941 `auto-compression-mode').")
9943 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9945 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9946 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9947 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9948 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9949 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9951 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9953 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9954 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9955 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9956 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9958 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9960 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9961 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9962 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9963 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9964 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9966 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9968 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9969 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9971 \(fn)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9974 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9975 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9976 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9978 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9979 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9980 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9981 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9982 file the tag was in.
9984 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9986 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9987 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9988 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9989 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9990 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9991 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9992 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9993 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9994 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9996 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9998 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9999 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
10000 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
10001 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
10002 without directory names.
10004 \(fn)" nil nil)
10006 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
10007 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10008 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
10009 but does not select the buffer.
10010 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
10012 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10013 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10014 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10015 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
10016 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10018 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10020 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10021 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10022 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10024 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10026 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10028 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
10029 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10030 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
10031 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
10033 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10034 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10035 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10036 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
10037 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10039 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10041 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10042 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10043 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10045 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10047 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10048 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
10050 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
10051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
10053 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
10054 around or before point.
10056 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10057 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10058 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10059 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10060 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10062 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10064 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10065 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10066 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10068 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10070 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10071 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
10073 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
10074 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10075 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
10076 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
10077 around or before point.
10079 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10080 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10081 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10082 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10083 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10085 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10087 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10088 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10089 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10091 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10093 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
10094 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
10096 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
10097 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
10098 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
10100 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10101 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10102 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10103 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10104 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10106 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
10108 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10109 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10110 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10112 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10114 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10115 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
10116 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
10118 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
10119 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
10121 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
10122 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
10123 where they were found.
10125 \(fn)" t nil)
10127 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
10128 Select next file among files in current tags table.
10130 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
10131 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
10132 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
10134 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
10135 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
10137 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
10138 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
10140 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
10142 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
10143 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
10144 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
10145 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10147 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10148 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10149 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10150 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10151 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10153 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10154 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10156 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
10157 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10158 Stops when a match is found.
10159 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10161 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10165 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
10166 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10167 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10168 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10169 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10171 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10173 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
10176 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10177 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10178 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10179 directory specification.
10181 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10183 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
10184 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10186 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10188 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
10189 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10190 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10191 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10193 \(fn)" t nil)
10195 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
10196 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10197 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10198 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10199 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10201 \(fn)" t nil)
10203 ;;;***
10205 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10206 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10207 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10208 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10209 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10210 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10211 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10212 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18307 57867))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10215 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10216 Not documented
10218 \(fn)" nil nil)
10220 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10221 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10222 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10223 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10225 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10226 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10227 language.
10229 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10230 even if the buffer is read-only.
10232 See also the descriptions of the variables
10233 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10234 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10236 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10238 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10239 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10241 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10242 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10244 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10245 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10246 language.
10248 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10249 buffer is read-only.
10251 See also the descriptions of the variables
10252 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10253 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10255 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10257 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker "ethio-util" "\
10258 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10259 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail "ethio-util" "\
10264 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10266 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10267 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10269 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10270 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10274 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10275 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10276 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10277 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10279 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10281 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10282 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10283 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10284 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10286 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10287 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10288 the primary language.
10290 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10291 buffer is read-only.
10293 See also the descriptions of the variables
10294 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10295 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10297 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10299 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10300 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10301 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10302 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10304 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10305 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10306 primary language.
10308 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10309 buffer is read-only.
10311 See also the descriptions of the variables
10312 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10313 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10315 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10317 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker "ethio-util" "\
10318 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10319 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10323 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail "ethio-util" "\
10324 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10326 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10327 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10328 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10329 3) convert the body into SERA.
10331 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10333 \(fn)" t nil)
10335 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10336 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10337 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10339 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10341 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10342 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10344 \(fn)" t nil)
10346 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10347 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10349 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10350 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10351 be 1, 2, or 3.
10353 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10354 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10355 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10357 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10359 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10361 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10362 Allow the user to input special characters.
10364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10366 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10367 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10368 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10370 \(fn)" t nil)
10372 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10373 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10375 \(fn)" t nil)
10377 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10378 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10380 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10381 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10383 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10384 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10386 \(fn)" nil nil)
10388 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10389 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10391 \(fn)" nil nil)
10393 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10394 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10396 \(fn)" nil nil)
10398 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10399 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10401 \(fn)" nil nil)
10403 ;;;***
10405 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10406 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10407 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10410 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10411 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10412 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10413 server for future sessions.
10415 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10418 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10419 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10421 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10423 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10424 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10425 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10427 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10430 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10431 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10432 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10433 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10434 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10435 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10436 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10437 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10438 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10439 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10440 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10442 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10444 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10445 Display a form to query the directory server.
10446 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10447 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10449 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10452 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10453 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10455 \(fn)" t nil)
10457 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10459 ;;;***
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10462 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10463 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18307 57869))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10466 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10467 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10469 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10471 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10472 Display URL and make it clickable.
10474 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10476 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10477 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10479 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10481 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10482 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10484 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10486 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10487 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10489 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10491 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10492 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10494 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10496 ;;;***
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10499 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18307 57869))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10502 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10503 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10504 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10506 \(fn)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10509 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 ;;;***
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10516 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10519 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10520 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10522 \(fn)" t nil)
10524 ;;;***
10526 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18307
10527 ;;;;;; 57861))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10530 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10531 Create an empty ewoc.
10533 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10535 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10536 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10537 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10538 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10539 `insert-before-markers'.
10541 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10542 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10543 respectively, of the ewoc.
10545 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10546 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10547 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10549 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10551 ;;;***
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10554 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10555 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10556 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
10557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10559 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10560 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10561 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10563 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10565 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10566 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10567 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10568 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10569 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10571 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10573 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10574 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10575 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10576 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10577 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10578 executable.
10580 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10582 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10583 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10584 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10586 \(fn)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10589 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10590 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10591 file modes.
10593 \(fn)" nil nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10598 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10599 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10602 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10603 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10604 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10605 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10607 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10609 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10610 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10611 to generate such functions.
10613 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10614 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10615 beginning of the expanded text.
10617 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10618 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10619 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10620 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10622 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10624 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10626 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10627 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10628 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10630 \(fn)" nil nil)
10632 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10633 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10634 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10636 \(fn)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10639 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10640 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10642 \(fn)" t nil)
10643 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10644 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10646 ;;;***
10648 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18307 57871))
10649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10651 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10652 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10653 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10655 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10656 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10657 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10659 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10661 Key definitions:
10662 \\{f90-mode-map}
10664 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10666 `f90-do-indent'
10667 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10668 `f90-if-indent'
10669 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10670 `f90-type-indent'
10671 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10672 `f90-program-indent'
10673 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10674 (default 2).
10675 `f90-continuation-indent'
10676 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10677 `f90-comment-region'
10678 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10679 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10680 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10681 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10682 (default \"!\").
10683 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10684 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10685 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10686 `f90-break-delimiters'
10687 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10688 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10689 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10690 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10691 (default t).
10692 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10693 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10694 `f90-smart-end'
10695 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10696 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10697 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10698 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10699 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10700 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10701 `f90-leave-line-no'
10702 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10704 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10705 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10707 \(fn)" t nil)
10709 ;;;***
10711 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10712 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10713 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10714 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10715 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18307 57855))
10716 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10717 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10718 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10720 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
10721 Menu keymap for faces.")
10723 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
10725 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
10726 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10728 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
10730 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
10731 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10733 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
10735 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10736 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10738 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10740 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10741 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10743 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10745 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10746 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10748 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10750 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10751 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10753 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10755 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10757 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10759 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10761 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10762 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10764 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10765 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10766 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10767 to the faces to use for the next character
10768 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10769 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10771 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10772 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10773 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10774 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10775 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10776 preceding faces (including FACE).
10778 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10779 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10781 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10784 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10785 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10787 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10788 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10789 requested face.
10791 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10792 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10793 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10795 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10798 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10799 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10801 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10802 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10803 requested face.
10805 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10806 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10807 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10809 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10811 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10812 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10813 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10814 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10815 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10816 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10817 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10819 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10820 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10821 requested face.
10823 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10824 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10825 to insert cancels the specification.
10827 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10830 Make the region invisible.
10831 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10832 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10836 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10837 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10838 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10839 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10841 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10843 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10844 Make the region unmodifiable.
10845 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10846 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10850 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10851 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10855 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10856 Remove all text properties from the region.
10858 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10860 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10861 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10862 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10864 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10866 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10867 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10869 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10871 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10872 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10873 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10874 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10875 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10876 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10878 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10880 ;;;***
10882 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10883 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10884 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18290 13665))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10887 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10888 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10889 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10890 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10892 \(fn)" nil nil)
10894 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10895 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10899 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10900 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10901 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10902 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10906 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10907 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10908 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10909 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10910 backup file names and the like).
10912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10915 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10916 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10917 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10918 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10919 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10920 internally by feedmail):
10922 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10923 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10924 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10925 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10927 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10928 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10929 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10930 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10931 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10933 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10935 ;;;***
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10938 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18308 19808))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10941 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10942 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10943 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10944 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10945 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10946 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10947 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10949 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10952 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10953 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10954 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10955 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10956 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10957 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10959 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10961 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10963 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10964 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10965 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10966 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10967 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10968 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10970 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10972 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10973 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10974 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10975 Return value:
10976 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10977 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10978 * otherwise, nil
10980 \(fn E)" t nil)
10982 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10983 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10985 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10987 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10988 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10990 \(fn)" t nil)
10992 ;;;***
10994 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10995 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10996 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10997 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18307 57855))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
11000 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
11001 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
11002 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
11003 be added to the cache.
11005 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11007 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
11008 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
11009 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
11010 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
11011 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
11013 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11015 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
11016 Add FILE to the file cache.
11018 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11020 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
11021 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
11022 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
11024 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
11027 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
11028 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
11030 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
11032 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
11033 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
11034 This function does not use any external programs
11035 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
11036 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
11037 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
11039 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
11042 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
11043 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
11044 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
11045 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
11046 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
11047 \(directories) is done.
11049 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11051 ;;;***
11053 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18307
11054 ;;;;;; 57855))
11055 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
11057 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
11058 Filesets initialization.
11059 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
11061 \(fn)" nil nil)
11063 ;;;***
11065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18307 57873))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
11067 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
11069 ;;;***
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
11072 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
11073 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18307 57855))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
11076 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
11077 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
11078 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
11079 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
11080 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
11082 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
11084 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
11085 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
11086 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
11087 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
11088 them for `find-ls-option'.")
11090 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
11092 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
11093 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
11094 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
11095 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
11097 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
11099 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
11100 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
11101 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
11102 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
11104 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
11106 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
11107 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
11108 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11110 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11112 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11113 as the final argument.
11115 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11117 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
11118 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11119 and run dired on those files.
11120 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11121 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11123 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11125 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
11128 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11129 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11131 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11133 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11135 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11137 ;;;***
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11140 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11141 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11144 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
11145 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11146 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11147 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11148 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11149 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11150 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11152 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
11153 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11154 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11156 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11158 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11160 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
11162 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11163 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11164 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11166 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11167 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11169 Variables of interest include:
11171 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11172 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11173 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11175 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11176 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11177 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11179 - `ff-ignore-include'
11180 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11182 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11183 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11185 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11186 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11188 - `ff-special-constructs'
11189 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11190 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11191 extracting the filename from that construct.
11193 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11194 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11196 - `ff-search-directories'
11197 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11198 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11200 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11201 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11203 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11204 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11206 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11207 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11209 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11210 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11212 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11213 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11215 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11217 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11218 Visit the file you click on.
11220 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11222 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11223 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11227 ;;;***
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11230 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11231 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11232 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11233 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11234 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18307 57861))
11236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11238 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11239 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11241 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11243 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11244 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11245 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11246 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11248 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11249 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11250 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11251 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11253 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11255 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11256 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11258 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11259 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11260 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11261 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11263 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11264 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11265 in `load-path'.
11267 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11269 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11270 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11272 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11273 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11274 places point before the definition.
11275 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11277 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11279 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11281 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11283 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11284 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11286 See `find-function' for more details.
11288 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11290 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11291 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11293 See `find-function' for more details.
11295 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11297 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11298 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11300 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11301 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11302 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11304 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11305 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11307 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11309 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11310 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11312 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11313 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11314 places point before the definition.
11316 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11318 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11319 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11320 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11322 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11325 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11327 See `find-variable' for more details.
11329 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11331 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11332 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11334 See `find-variable' for more details.
11336 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11338 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11339 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11340 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11341 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11342 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11343 buffer nor display it.
11345 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11346 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11348 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11350 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11351 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11353 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11354 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11355 places point before the definition.
11357 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11359 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11360 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11361 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11363 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11365 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11366 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11367 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11369 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11371 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11372 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11374 \(fn)" t nil)
11376 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11377 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11379 \(fn)" t nil)
11381 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11382 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11384 \(fn)" nil nil)
11386 ;;;***
11388 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11389 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18307 57855))
11390 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11392 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11393 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11395 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11397 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11398 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11400 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11402 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11403 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11405 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11407 ;;;***
11409 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11410 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18307 57855))
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11413 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11414 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11416 \(fn)" t nil)
11418 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11419 Display FILE's commentary section.
11420 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11422 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11424 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11425 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11427 \(fn)" t nil)
11429 ;;;***
11431 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11432 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18307 57855))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11435 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11436 Toggle flow control handling.
11437 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11438 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11440 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11442 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11443 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11444 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11445 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11446 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11447 to get the effect of a C-q.
11449 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11451 ;;;***
11453 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11454 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
11455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11457 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11458 Not documented
11460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11462 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11463 Not documented
11465 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11467 ;;;***
11469 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11470 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18307 57871))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11473 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11474 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11475 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11476 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11480 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11481 Turn flymake mode on.
11483 \(fn)" nil nil)
11485 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11486 Turn flymake mode off.
11488 \(fn)" nil nil)
11490 ;;;***
11492 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11493 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11494 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18307 57873))
11495 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11497 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11498 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11500 \(fn)" t nil)
11501 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11503 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11504 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11505 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11506 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11507 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11508 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11509 otherwise turn it off.
11511 Bindings:
11512 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11513 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11514 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11515 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11517 Hooks:
11518 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11520 Remark:
11521 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11522 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11523 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11525 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11526 consider adding:
11527 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11528 in your .emacs file.
11530 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11531 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11536 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11538 \(fn)" nil nil)
11540 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11541 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11543 \(fn)" nil nil)
11545 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11546 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11548 \(fn)" nil nil)
11550 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11551 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11553 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11555 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11556 Flyspell whole buffer.
11558 \(fn)" t nil)
11560 ;;;***
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11563 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11564 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11567 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11568 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11570 \(fn)" nil nil)
11572 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11573 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11575 \(fn)" nil nil)
11577 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11578 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11580 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11581 of two major techniques:
11583 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11584 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11585 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11587 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11588 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11589 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11590 movement commands.
11592 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11593 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11594 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11595 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11596 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11597 mileage may vary).
11599 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11600 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11602 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11604 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11605 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11606 \(This is the default.)
11608 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11610 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11611 \\{follow-mode-map}
11613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11615 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11616 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11618 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11619 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11620 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11621 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11622 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11623 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11625 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11626 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11627 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11629 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11630 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11631 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11635 ;;;***
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18307
11638 ;;;;;; 57868))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11641 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11642 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11643 \\<message-mode-map>
11644 key binding
11645 --- -------
11647 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11648 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11649 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11650 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11651 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11652 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11656 ;;;***
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11659 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18307 57855))
11660 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11662 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11663 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11665 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11666 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11667 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11668 C-c < forms-first-record <
11669 C-c > forms-last-record >
11670 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11671 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11672 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11673 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11674 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11675 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11676 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11677 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11678 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11679 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11681 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11683 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11684 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11686 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11688 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11689 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11691 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11693 ;;;***
11695 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11696 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11699 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11700 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11701 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11703 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11704 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11706 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11708 Key definitions:
11709 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11711 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11713 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11714 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11715 `fortran-do-indent'
11716 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11717 `fortran-if-indent'
11718 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11719 `fortran-structure-indent'
11720 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11721 (default 3)
11722 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11723 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11724 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11725 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11726 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11727 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11728 nil don't change the indentation
11729 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11730 value of either
11731 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11732 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11733 depending on the continuation format in use.
11734 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11735 indentation for a line of code.
11736 (default 'fixed)
11737 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11738 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11739 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11740 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11741 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11742 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11743 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11744 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11745 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11746 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11747 column 5.
11748 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11749 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11750 statements (default nil).
11751 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11752 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11753 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11754 `fortran-continuation-string'
11755 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11756 line (default \"$\").
11757 `fortran-comment-region'
11758 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11759 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11760 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11761 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11762 as typed (default t).
11763 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11764 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11766 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11767 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11769 \(fn)" t nil)
11771 ;;;***
11773 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11774 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18307 57870))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11777 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11778 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11780 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11781 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11783 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11785 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11786 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11788 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11789 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11791 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11793 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11794 Compile fortune file.
11796 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11797 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11799 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11801 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11802 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11804 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11805 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11806 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11807 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11809 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11811 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11812 Display a fortune cookie.
11814 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11815 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11816 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11817 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11819 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11821 ;;;***
11823 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11824 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11827 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11828 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11830 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11832 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11833 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11834 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11835 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11837 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11838 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11839 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11840 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11841 some of the buffers.
11843 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11845 The following commands help control operation :
11847 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11848 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11850 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11851 detailed description of this mode.
11854 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11855 | GDB Toolbar |
11856 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11857 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11858 | | |
11859 | | |
11860 | | |
11861 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11862 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11863 | | (comint-mode) |
11864 | | |
11865 | | |
11866 | | |
11867 | | |
11868 | | |
11869 | | |
11870 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11871 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11872 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11873 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11874 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11875 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11877 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11878 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11879 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11880 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11881 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11882 session.
11884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11886 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11887 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11889 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11891 ;;;***
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11894 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18307
11895 ;;;;;; 57861))
11896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11898 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11899 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11900 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11901 instead (which see).")
11903 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11904 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11906 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11907 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11908 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11909 documentation string instead.
11911 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11912 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11913 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11914 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11915 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11916 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11917 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11918 enders are actually possible.
11920 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11921 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11923 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11924 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11925 `font-lock-keywords'.
11927 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11928 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11929 runs the macro expansion.
11931 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11932 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11933 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11935 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11937 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11939 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11940 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11942 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11944 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11945 Enter generic mode MODE.
11947 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11948 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11949 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11951 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11952 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11954 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11956 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11957 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11958 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11959 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11960 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11961 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11962 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11963 `font-lock-keywords'.
11965 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11967 ;;;***
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11970 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
11971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11973 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11974 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11975 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11976 at places they belong to.
11978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11980 ;;;***
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11983 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11984 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11987 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11988 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11989 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11991 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11993 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11994 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11996 Guideline for numbers:
11997 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11998 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11999 inside loops.
12001 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
12004 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
12005 ARGS are passed to `message'.
12007 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12009 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
12010 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
12012 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12014 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
12015 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
12017 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
12018 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
12019 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
12020 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
12021 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
12022 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
12024 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
12025 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
12026 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
12027 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
12028 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
12030 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
12032 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
12034 ;;;***
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
12037 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18307 57866))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
12039 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
12040 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
12042 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
12043 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
12045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12047 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12048 Read network news.
12049 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12050 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12051 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12052 name of an NNTP server to use.
12053 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12054 server.
12056 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12059 Read news as a slave.
12061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12063 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12064 Pop up a frame to read news.
12065 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12066 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12067 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
12068 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12069 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12070 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12071 current display is used.
12073 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12075 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12076 Read network news.
12077 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12078 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12079 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12081 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12083 ;;;***
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
12086 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
12087 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
12088 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
12089 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
12090 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18307 57865))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12093 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12094 Start Gnus unplugged.
12096 \(fn)" t nil)
12098 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12099 Start Gnus plugged.
12101 \(fn)" t nil)
12103 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12104 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12109 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12111 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12112 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12113 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12115 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12116 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12117 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12119 \(fn)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12122 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12124 \(fn)" nil nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12127 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12128 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12129 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12130 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12131 supported.
12133 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12135 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12136 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12137 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12138 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12139 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12140 supported.
12142 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12144 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12145 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12147 \(fn)" nil nil)
12149 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12150 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12151 downloaded into the agent.
12153 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12156 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12157 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12158 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12160 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12163 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12165 \(fn)" t nil)
12167 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12168 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12170 \(fn)" t nil)
12172 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12173 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12174 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12176 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12178 ;;;***
12180 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12181 ;;;;;; (18310 28916))
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12184 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12185 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12187 \(fn)" nil nil)
12189 ;;;***
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12192 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12195 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
12196 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12200 ;;;***
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
12203 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18308 19808))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12206 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12207 Set a bookmark for this article.
12209 \(fn)" t nil)
12211 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12212 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12214 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12216 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12217 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12218 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12219 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12220 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12222 \(fn)" t nil)
12224 ;;;***
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12227 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12228 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18307
12229 ;;;;;; 57865))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12232 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12233 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12235 Usage:
12236 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12238 \(fn)" t nil)
12240 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12241 Generate the cache active file.
12243 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12245 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12246 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12248 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12251 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12252 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12253 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12254 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12255 supported.
12257 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12259 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12260 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12261 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12262 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12263 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12264 supported.
12266 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12268 ;;;***
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12271 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18307 57865))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12274 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12275 Delay this article by some time.
12276 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12278 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12279 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12281 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12282 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12284 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12285 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12287 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12290 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12294 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12295 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12296 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12297 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12299 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12300 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12302 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12304 ;;;***
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12307 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18307 57865))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12310 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12311 Not documented
12313 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12315 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12316 Not documented
12318 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12320 ;;;***
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12323 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12326 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12327 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12329 \(fn)" t nil)
12331 ;;;***
12333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12334 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12337 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12338 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12340 \(fn)" t nil)
12342 ;;;***
12344 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12345 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12346 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18307
12347 ;;;;;; 57865))
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12350 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12351 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12353 \(fn)" t nil)
12355 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12356 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12358 \(fn)" t nil)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12361 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12363 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12364 different input formats.
12366 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12369 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12371 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12372 different input formats.
12374 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12377 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12378 The PNG is returned as a string.
12380 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12382 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12383 Convert FILE to a Face.
12384 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12385 726 bytes.
12387 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12389 ;;;***
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12392 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18310 28916))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12395 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12396 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12397 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12398 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12400 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12402 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12403 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12405 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12407 ;;;***
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12413 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12416 Run batched scoring.
12417 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12421 ;;;***
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12424 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12425 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12428 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12429 Not documented
12431 \(fn)" nil nil)
12433 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12434 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12435 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12437 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12439 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12440 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12442 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12446 ;;;***
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12449 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12450 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12453 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12454 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12455 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12456 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12457 group parameters.
12459 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12460 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12461 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12462 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12464 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12465 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12466 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12467 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12468 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12469 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12470 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12471 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12472 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12473 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12475 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12477 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12478 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12479 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12480 nil CATCH-ALL).
12482 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12483 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12485 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12487 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12488 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12489 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12491 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12493 \(fn)" nil nil)
12495 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12496 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12497 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12499 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12501 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12502 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12503 existing groups are considered.
12505 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12506 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12507 returned.
12509 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12510 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12511 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12512 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12513 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12514 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12515 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12516 clauses will be generated.
12518 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12519 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12520 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12521 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12522 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12523 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12525 For example, given the following group parameters:
12527 nnml:mail.bar:
12528 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12529 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12530 nnml:mail.foo:
12531 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12532 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12533 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12534 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12535 nnml:mail.others:
12536 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12538 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12540 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12541 \"mail.bar\")
12542 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12543 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12544 \"mail.others\")
12546 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12548 ;;;***
12550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12551 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12554 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12555 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12556 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12558 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12560 ;;;***
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12563 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18307 57865))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12566 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12567 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12568 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12569 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12571 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12573 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12574 Mail to ADDRESS.
12576 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12578 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12579 Like `message-reply'.
12581 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12583 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12585 ;;;***
12587 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12588 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18307 57865))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12591 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12592 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12594 \(fn)" t nil)
12596 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12597 Load the NoCeM cache.
12599 \(fn)" t nil)
12601 ;;;***
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12604 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12605 ;;;;;; (18307 57865))
12606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12608 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12609 Display picons in the From header.
12610 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12612 \(fn)" t nil)
12614 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12615 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12616 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12618 \(fn)" t nil)
12620 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12621 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12622 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12624 \(fn)" t nil)
12626 ;;;***
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12629 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12630 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12631 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12632 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18307 57865))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12635 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12636 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12637 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12638 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12640 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12642 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12643 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12644 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12645 LIST1 is modified.
12647 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12650 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12651 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12653 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12655 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12656 Not documented
12658 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12660 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12661 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12662 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12664 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12666 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12667 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12668 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12670 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12672 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12674 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12675 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12676 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12678 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12680 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12681 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12682 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12684 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12686 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12687 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12688 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12690 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12692 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12693 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12695 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12697 ;;;***
12699 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12700 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18307 57865))
12701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12703 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12704 Not documented
12706 \(fn)" t nil)
12708 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12709 Install the registry hooks.
12711 \(fn)" t nil)
12713 ;;;***
12715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12716 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18307
12717 ;;;;;; 57866))
12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12720 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12721 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12722 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12723 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12724 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12725 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12727 \(fn)" t nil)
12729 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12730 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12731 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12732 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12733 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12735 \(fn)" t nil)
12737 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12738 Not documented
12740 \(fn)" t nil)
12742 ;;;***
12744 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12745 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12748 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12749 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12750 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12751 for matching on group names.
12753 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12754 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12756 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12758 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12760 \(fn)" t nil)
12762 ;;;***
12764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12765 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
12766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12768 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12769 Update the format specification near point.
12771 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12773 ;;;***
12775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12776 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18307
12777 ;;;;;; 57866))
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12780 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12781 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12783 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12785 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12786 Not documented
12788 \(fn)" nil nil)
12790 ;;;***
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12793 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
12794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12796 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12797 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12799 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12801 ;;;***
12803 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18307 57870))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12806 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12807 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12809 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12810 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12811 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12813 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12814 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12815 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12817 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12818 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12820 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12821 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12823 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12825 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12827 ;;;***
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12830 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18307 57870))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12833 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12835 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12836 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12837 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12838 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12839 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12841 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12843 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12844 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12845 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12846 or to send e-mail.
12847 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12848 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12850 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12851 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12853 \(fn)" t nil)
12854 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12856 ;;;***
12858 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12859 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12860 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18301 42252))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12863 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12864 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12866 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12868 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12869 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12870 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12871 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12872 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12874 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12875 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12877 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12879 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12880 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12881 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12882 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12884 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12886 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12887 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12889 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12891 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12892 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12894 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12895 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12896 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12898 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12899 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12900 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12902 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12903 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12904 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12905 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12907 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12908 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12909 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12910 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12911 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12913 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12915 (defvar grep-history nil)
12917 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12919 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12920 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12921 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12923 \(fn)" nil nil)
12925 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12926 Not documented
12928 \(fn)" nil nil)
12930 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12931 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12933 \(fn)" nil nil)
12935 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12936 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12937 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12938 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12939 found matches.
12941 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12942 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12944 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12945 can easily repeat a grep command.
12947 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12948 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12949 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12950 list is empty).
12952 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12954 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12955 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12956 Collect output in a buffer.
12957 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12958 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12960 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12961 easily repeat a find command.
12963 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12965 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12967 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12968 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12969 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12970 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12971 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12973 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12974 before it is executed.
12975 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12977 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12978 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12979 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12981 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12983 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12985 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12986 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12987 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12988 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12989 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12992 before it is executed.
12993 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12995 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12996 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12997 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12999 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13001 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
13003 ;;;***
13005 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18307 57855))
13006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13008 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13009 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13010 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13011 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13012 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13014 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13016 ;;;***
13018 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
13019 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18307 57871))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13022 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13023 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13024 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13025 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13027 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13029 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13030 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13031 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13032 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13034 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13036 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13037 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13041 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13043 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13044 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13045 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13046 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13048 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13049 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13051 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13053 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13054 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13055 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13056 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13058 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13060 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13061 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13062 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13063 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13065 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13068 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13069 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13070 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13071 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13073 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13074 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13075 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13076 original source file access method.
13078 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13079 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13082 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
13086 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13087 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
13089 \(fn)" t nil)
13091 ;;;***
13093 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18307
13094 ;;;;;; 57870))
13095 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13097 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13098 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13099 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13100 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13102 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
13103 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
13104 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
13105 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
13107 \(fn)" t nil)
13109 ;;;***
13111 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
13112 ;;;;;; (17822 31019))
13113 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13115 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13116 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13118 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13120 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13121 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13122 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13123 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13125 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13127 \(fn)" t nil)
13129 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13130 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13131 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13132 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13133 to be updated.
13135 \(fn)" t nil)
13137 ;;;***
13139 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13140 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13141 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18308 19808))
13142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13144 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13145 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13149 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13150 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13151 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13155 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13156 Verify a hashcash payment
13158 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13160 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13161 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13162 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13163 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13164 `mail-add-payment-async').
13166 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13168 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13169 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13170 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13171 Calculation is asynchronous.
13173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13175 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13176 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13177 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13181 ;;;***
13183 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13184 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13185 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13186 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18307 57855))
13187 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13189 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13190 Return the help-echo string at point.
13191 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13192 property, or nil, is returned.
13193 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13194 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13195 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13197 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13199 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13200 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13201 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13202 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13203 this produces no string either, return nil.
13205 \(fn)" nil nil)
13207 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13208 Display local help in the echo area.
13209 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13210 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13211 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13212 printed instead.
13214 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13215 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13216 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13220 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13221 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13222 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13224 \(fn)" t nil)
13226 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13227 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13228 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13230 \(fn)" t nil)
13232 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13233 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13234 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13235 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13236 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13237 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13238 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13239 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13240 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13241 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13242 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13244 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13245 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13246 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13247 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13248 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13250 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13251 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13252 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13253 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13254 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13255 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13256 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13257 The default is `never'.")
13259 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13261 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13262 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13263 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13264 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13265 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13266 considered different regions.
13268 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13269 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13270 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13271 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13272 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13273 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13274 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13275 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13276 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13278 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13280 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13281 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13282 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13283 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13284 different regions.
13286 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13287 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13288 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13289 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13290 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13291 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13292 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13293 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13295 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13296 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13297 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13298 rarely happens in practice.
13300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13302 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13303 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13304 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13305 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13306 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13307 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13311 ;;;***
13313 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13314 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13315 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13316 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13319 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13320 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13322 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13324 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13325 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13326 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13328 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13330 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13331 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13333 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13335 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13336 Not documented
13338 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13340 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13341 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13342 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13343 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13345 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13347 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13348 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13349 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13350 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13351 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13352 it is displayed along with the global value.
13354 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13356 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13357 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13358 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13359 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13361 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13363 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13364 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13365 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13366 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13367 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13371 ;;;***
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13374 ;;;;;; (18307 57855))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13377 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13378 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13379 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13380 and window listing and describing the options.
13381 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13382 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13384 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13386 ;;;***
13388 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13389 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13390 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18307
13391 ;;;;;; 57856))
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13394 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13395 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13396 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13397 Commands:
13398 \\{help-mode-map}
13400 \(fn)" t nil)
13402 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13403 Not documented
13405 \(fn)" nil nil)
13407 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13408 Not documented
13410 \(fn)" nil nil)
13412 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13413 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13415 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13416 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13417 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13418 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13420 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13421 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13422 restore it properly when going back.
13424 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13426 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13427 Not documented
13429 \(fn)" nil nil)
13431 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13432 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13434 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13435 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13436 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13437 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13438 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13439 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13440 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13441 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13443 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13444 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13445 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13446 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13448 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13449 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13450 that.
13452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13454 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13455 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13456 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13457 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13458 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13459 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13461 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13463 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13464 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13465 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13466 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13467 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13469 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13471 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13472 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13474 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13476 ;;;***
13478 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18302 4831))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13482 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13483 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13485 \(fn)" t nil)
13487 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13488 Provide help for current mode.
13490 \(fn)" t nil)
13492 ;;;***
13494 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13495 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18307 57856))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13498 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13499 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13500 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13501 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13502 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13504 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13505 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13507 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13508 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13509 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13510 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13512 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13513 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13514 periods.
13516 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13517 in hexl format.
13519 A sample format:
13521 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13522 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13523 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13524 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13525 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13526 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13527 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13528 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13529 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13530 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13531 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13532 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13533 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13534 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13535 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13537 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13538 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13539 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13541 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13542 also supported.
13544 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13546 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13547 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13548 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13550 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13551 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13552 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13554 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13555 into the buffer at the current point.
13557 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13558 into the buffer at the current point.
13560 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13561 into the buffer at the current point.
13563 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13565 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13566 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13568 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13570 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13574 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13575 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13576 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13577 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13579 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13581 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13582 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13583 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13585 \(fn)" t nil)
13587 ;;;***
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13590 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13591 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13592 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13595 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13596 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13598 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13599 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13600 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13601 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13602 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13603 called interactively, are:
13605 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13606 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13608 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13609 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13610 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13611 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13613 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13614 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13616 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13617 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13619 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13620 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13621 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13622 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13623 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13624 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13625 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13626 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13627 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13628 function returns t.
13630 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13631 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13633 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13634 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13635 form:
13636 Hi-lock: FOO
13637 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13638 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13639 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13640 Patterns will be read until
13641 Hi-lock: end
13642 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13646 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13647 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13648 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13651 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13653 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13655 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13656 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13657 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13658 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13659 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13663 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13665 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13666 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13668 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13669 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13670 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13671 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13673 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13675 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13677 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13678 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13680 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13681 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13682 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13683 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13685 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13687 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13689 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13690 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13692 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13693 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13697 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13699 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13700 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13702 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13703 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13704 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13705 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13706 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13708 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13710 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13711 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13713 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13714 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13715 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13717 \(fn)" t nil)
13719 ;;;***
13721 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13722 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18307 57871))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13725 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13726 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13727 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13728 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13729 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13730 how the hiding is done:
13732 `hide-ifdef-env'
13733 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13734 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13735 is used.
13737 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13738 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13739 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13740 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13741 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13743 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13744 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13745 #endif lines when hiding.
13747 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13748 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13749 is activated.
13751 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13752 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13753 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13755 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13759 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13760 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13762 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13764 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13765 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13767 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13769 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13770 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13772 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13774 ;;;***
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (18302 4831))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13780 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13781 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13782 Each element has the form
13783 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13785 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13786 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13788 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13789 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13791 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13792 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13793 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13794 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13795 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13796 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13798 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13799 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13801 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13802 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13804 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13805 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13806 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13808 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13809 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13810 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13811 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13812 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13813 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13815 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13816 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13817 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13819 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13820 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13822 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13824 Key bindings:
13825 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13829 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13830 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13832 \(fn)" nil nil)
13834 ;;;***
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13837 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13840 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18307 57856))
13841 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13843 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13844 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13845 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13847 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13849 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13850 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13852 Without an argument:
13853 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13854 or passive state as determined by the variable
13855 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13856 and passive state.
13858 With an argument ARG:
13859 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13860 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13861 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13863 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13864 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13865 not displayed in a different face.
13867 Functions:
13868 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13869 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13870 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13871 buffer with the contents of a file
13872 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13873 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13874 various faces
13876 Hook variables:
13877 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13878 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13879 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13883 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13884 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13886 \(fn)" t nil)
13888 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13889 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13891 \(fn)" t nil)
13893 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13894 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13896 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13897 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13898 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13899 shown in the last face in the list.
13901 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13902 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13903 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13905 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13907 \(fn)" t nil)
13909 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13910 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13912 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13914 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13915 to save the file.
13917 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13918 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13920 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13921 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13922 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13924 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13926 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13927 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13929 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13930 this function is called interactively.
13932 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13933 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13934 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13936 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13937 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13938 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13940 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13942 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13943 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13945 When called interactively:
13946 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13947 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13948 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13949 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13951 When called from a program:
13952 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13953 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13954 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13955 - otherwise just turn it on
13957 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13958 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13959 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13960 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13964 ;;;***
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13967 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13968 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13969 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13970 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18307 57856))
13971 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13973 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13974 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13975 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13976 or insert functions in this list.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13980 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13981 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13983 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13985 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13986 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13988 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13990 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13991 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13993 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13995 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13996 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13998 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
14000 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
14001 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
14002 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
14004 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14006 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
14007 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
14008 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
14009 \(as atoms)")
14011 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14013 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
14014 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
14015 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
14016 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
14017 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
14019 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14021 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14022 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14023 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14024 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14025 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14026 expansions.
14027 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14028 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14029 undoes the expansion.
14031 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14033 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14034 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14035 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14036 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14038 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
14040 ;;;***
14042 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
14043 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
14044 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14046 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14047 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
14048 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14050 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14051 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14052 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14053 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14054 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14056 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14057 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14058 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14059 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14063 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14064 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14065 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14068 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14070 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14072 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14073 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
14074 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14076 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14077 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14081 ;;;***
14083 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
14084 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
14085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14087 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14088 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14089 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14091 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14095 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14096 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14098 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
14099 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
14100 different list. For example,
14102 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14103 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
14105 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
14106 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14108 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14109 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
14110 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14111 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14112 of a holiday list.
14114 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14116 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
14118 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14120 ;;;***
14122 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18307
14123 ;;;;;; 57866))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14126 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14127 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14129 \(fn)" t nil)
14131 ;;;***
14133 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
14134 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
14135 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
14136 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
14137 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
14138 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
14139 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
14140 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
14141 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
14142 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
14143 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
14144 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
14145 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
14146 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
14147 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
14148 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
14149 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
14150 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
14151 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
14152 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
14153 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
14154 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
14155 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18307 57856))
14156 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
14160 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
14162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14165 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
14167 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
14172 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
14177 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14179 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
14182 \(fn)" t nil)
14184 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14187 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14189 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14190 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14192 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14193 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14194 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14196 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14197 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14198 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14199 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14200 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14201 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14203 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14205 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Not documented
14208 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14210 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14213 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14215 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14218 \(fn)" t nil)
14220 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Remove the first filter group.
14223 \(fn)" t nil)
14225 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14228 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14230 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Remove all filter groups.
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14235 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14238 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14240 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14242 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14244 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Kill the filter group at point.
14248 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14250 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14252 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14253 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14255 \(fn)" t nil)
14257 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14258 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14260 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14262 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14263 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14264 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14265 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14267 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14270 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14271 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14273 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14275 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14276 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14277 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14281 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14284 \(fn)" t nil)
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14289 \(fn)" t nil)
14291 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14292 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14294 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14295 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14296 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14298 \(fn)" t nil)
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14301 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14303 \(fn)" t nil)
14305 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14306 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14308 \(fn)" t nil)
14310 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14311 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14312 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14313 filter into parts.
14315 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14317 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14318 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14319 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14321 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14323 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14324 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14326 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14328 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14329 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14331 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14333 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14334 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14336 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14337 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14338 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14339 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14340 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14341 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14342 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14343 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14344 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14346 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14347 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14348 Default sorting modes are:
14349 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14350 Name - the name of the buffer
14351 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14352 Size - the size of the buffer
14354 \(fn)" t nil)
14356 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14357 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14359 \(fn)" t nil)
14360 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14361 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14362 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14363 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14365 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14366 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14368 \(fn)" t nil)
14370 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14371 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14372 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14373 for this Ibuffer session.
14375 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14377 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14378 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14379 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14380 for this Ibuffer session.
14382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14384 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14385 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14387 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14388 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14390 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14391 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14393 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14395 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14396 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14398 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14399 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14401 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14403 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14404 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14406 \(fn)" t nil)
14408 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14409 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14411 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14412 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14413 hidden group filter, open it.
14415 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14416 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14417 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14419 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14421 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14422 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14423 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14425 \(fn)" t nil)
14427 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14428 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14430 The names are separated by a space.
14431 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14433 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14434 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14435 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14436 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14438 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14442 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14443 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14445 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14447 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14448 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14450 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14452 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14453 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14455 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14457 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14458 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14460 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14462 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14463 Mark all modified buffers.
14465 \(fn)" t nil)
14467 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14468 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14470 \(fn)" t nil)
14472 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14473 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14475 \(fn)" t nil)
14477 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14478 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14480 \(fn)" t nil)
14482 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14483 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14485 \(fn)" t nil)
14487 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14488 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14490 \(fn)" t nil)
14492 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14493 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14497 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14498 Mark all read-only buffers.
14500 \(fn)" t nil)
14502 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14503 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14505 \(fn)" t nil)
14507 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14508 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14509 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14510 defaults to one.
14512 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14514 ;;;***
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14517 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18307
14518 ;;;;;; 57856))
14519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14521 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14522 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14524 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14525 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14526 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14528 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14529 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14530 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14531 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14532 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14533 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14535 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14536 title of the column.
14538 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14539 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14540 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14541 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14542 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14544 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14546 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14547 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14548 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14549 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14550 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14552 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14553 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14554 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14556 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14558 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14559 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14560 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14561 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14562 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14563 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14565 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14566 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14567 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14568 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14569 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14570 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14571 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14572 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14573 values are:
14574 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14575 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14576 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14577 buffer's modification flag.
14578 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14579 prompted before performing this operation.
14580 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14581 operation is complete, in the form:
14582 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14583 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14584 confirmation message, in the form:
14585 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14586 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14587 macro for exactly what it does.
14589 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14591 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14592 Define a filter named NAME.
14593 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14594 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14595 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14597 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14598 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14599 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14600 bound to the current value of the filter.
14602 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14604 ;;;***
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14607 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18307 57856))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14610 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14611 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14612 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14613 buffers which are visiting a file.
14615 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14617 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14618 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14619 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14620 buffers which are visiting a file.
14622 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14624 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14625 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14626 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14628 All arguments are optional.
14629 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14630 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14631 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14632 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14633 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14634 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14635 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14636 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14637 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14638 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14639 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14640 that value locally in this buffer.
14642 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14644 ;;;***
14646 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14647 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14648 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18317 33926))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14651 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14652 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14653 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14654 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14656 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14659 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14660 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14661 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14662 ICAL-FILENAME.
14663 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14664 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14665 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14667 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14669 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14670 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14671 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14672 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14673 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14674 non-marking or not.
14676 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14678 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14679 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14681 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14682 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14683 DIARY-FILE.
14685 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14686 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14687 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14689 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14690 non-marking.
14692 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14693 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14694 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14696 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14698 ;;;***
14700 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18307
14701 ;;;;;; 57856))
14702 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14704 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14705 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14706 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14708 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14709 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14711 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14713 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14714 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14715 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14716 otherwise turn it off.
14718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14720 ;;;***
14722 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18307 57871))
14723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14725 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14726 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14727 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14728 Tab indents for Icon code.
14729 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14730 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14731 \\{icon-mode-map}
14732 Variables controlling indentation style:
14733 icon-tab-always-indent
14734 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14735 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14736 icon-auto-newline
14737 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14738 inserted in Icon code.
14739 icon-indent-level
14740 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14741 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14742 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14743 icon-continued-statement-offset
14744 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14745 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14746 icon-continued-brace-offset
14747 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14748 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14749 icon-brace-offset
14750 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14751 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14752 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14753 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14755 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14756 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 ;;;***
14762 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14763 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
14764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14766 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14767 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14768 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14769 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14771 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14772 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14773 separate frames.
14775 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14776 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14778 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14779 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14780 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14782 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14784 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14786 ;;;***
14788 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14789 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14792 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14793 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14795 The main features of this mode are
14797 1. Indentation and Formatting
14798 --------------------------
14799 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14800 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14802 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14803 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14804 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14805 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14807 Comments are indented as follows:
14809 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14810 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14811 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14813 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14815 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14816 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14817 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14818 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14819 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14820 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14822 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14823 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14824 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14825 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14827 2. Routine Info
14828 ------------
14829 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14830 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14831 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14832 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14833 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14834 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14835 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14836 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14837 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14838 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14840 3. Online IDL Help
14841 ---------------
14843 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14844 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14845 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14846 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14848 4. Completion
14849 ----------
14850 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14851 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14852 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14853 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14854 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14855 upper case.
14857 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14858 --------------------------------
14859 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14860 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14862 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14863 \\fu FUNCTION template
14864 \\c CASE statement template
14865 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14866 \\f FOR loop template
14867 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14868 \\w WHILE loop template
14869 \\i IF statement template
14870 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14871 \\b BEGIN
14873 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14874 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14876 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14877 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14878 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14879 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14881 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14882 -------------------------
14883 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14884 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14886 7. Automatic END completion
14887 ------------------------
14888 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14889 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14891 8. Hooks
14892 -----
14893 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14894 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14896 9. Documentation and Customization
14897 -------------------------------
14898 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14899 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14900 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14901 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14902 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14904 10.Keybindings
14905 -----------
14906 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14907 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14908 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14910 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14912 \(fn)" t nil)
14913 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14915 ;;;***
14917 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14918 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14919 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14920 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14921 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14922 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14923 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14924 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18302
14925 ;;;;;; 4831))
14926 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14928 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14929 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14930 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14931 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14932 displaying...)
14933 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14934 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14935 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14938 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14940 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14942 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14943 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14944 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14945 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14946 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14947 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14948 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14949 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14950 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14954 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14955 Switch to another buffer.
14956 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14957 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14958 in another frame.
14960 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14961 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14962 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14963 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14964 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14966 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14967 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14969 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14970 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14972 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14973 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14974 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14975 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14976 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14977 in a separate window.
14978 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14979 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14980 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14981 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14982 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14983 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14984 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14985 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14986 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14988 \(fn)" t nil)
14990 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14991 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14992 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14993 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14995 \(fn)" t nil)
14997 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14998 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14999 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15000 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15002 \(fn)" t nil)
15004 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
15005 Kill a buffer.
15006 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15007 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15009 \(fn)" t nil)
15011 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
15012 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
15013 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15014 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15016 \(fn)" t nil)
15018 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
15019 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
15020 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15021 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15023 \(fn)" t nil)
15025 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
15026 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
15028 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15030 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
15031 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
15032 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
15033 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
15034 visible in another frame.
15036 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
15037 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
15038 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
15039 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
15040 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
15041 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15043 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
15044 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15046 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
15047 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
15049 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15050 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15051 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
15052 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15053 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15054 in a separate window.
15055 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15056 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
15057 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
15058 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
15059 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
15060 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
15061 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
15062 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
15063 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15064 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15065 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15066 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
15067 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15068 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15069 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15073 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15074 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15075 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15076 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15078 \(fn)" t nil)
15080 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15081 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15082 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15083 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15085 \(fn)" t nil)
15087 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15088 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15089 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15090 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15092 \(fn)" t nil)
15094 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15095 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15096 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15097 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15099 \(fn)" t nil)
15101 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15102 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15103 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15104 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15108 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15109 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15110 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15111 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15115 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15116 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15117 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15118 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15122 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15123 Write current buffer to a file.
15124 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15125 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15127 \(fn)" t nil)
15129 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15130 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15131 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15132 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15134 \(fn)" t nil)
15136 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15137 Call `dired' the ido way.
15138 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15139 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15141 \(fn)" t nil)
15143 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15144 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15145 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15146 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15147 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15148 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15150 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
15152 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15153 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15154 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15155 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15157 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15159 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15160 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15161 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15162 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15164 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15166 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15167 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15168 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
15169 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15170 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15171 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
15172 with `completing-read'.
15173 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15174 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15175 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15176 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15177 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15178 with point positioned at the end.
15179 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15180 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15182 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15184 ;;;***
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18307 57856))
15187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15188 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15190 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15191 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15192 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15196 ;;;***
15198 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15199 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
15200 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15202 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15203 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15205 \(fn)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15208 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15212 ;;;***
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15215 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15216 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15217 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15218 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18307 57856))
15219 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15221 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15222 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15223 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15224 be determined.
15226 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15228 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15229 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15230 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15231 be determined.
15233 \(fn)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15236 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15237 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15238 be determined.
15240 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15242 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15243 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15244 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15245 be determined.
15247 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15249 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15250 Determine and return image type.
15251 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15252 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15253 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15254 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15255 use its file extension as image type.
15256 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15258 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15260 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15261 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15262 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15264 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15266 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15267 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15268 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15270 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15271 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15272 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15273 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15274 must be available.
15276 \(fn)" nil nil)
15278 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15279 Create an image.
15280 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15281 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15282 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15283 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15284 use its file extension as image type.
15285 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15286 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15287 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15288 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15290 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15292 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15293 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15294 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15296 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15298 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15299 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15300 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15301 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15302 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15303 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15304 POS may be an integer or marker.
15305 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15306 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15307 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15308 means display it in the right marginal area.
15310 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15312 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15313 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15314 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15315 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15316 defaulted if you omit it.
15317 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15318 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15319 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15320 means display it in the right marginal area.
15321 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15322 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15323 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15324 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15325 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15327 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15329 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15330 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15331 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15332 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15333 defaulted if you omit it.
15334 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15335 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15336 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15337 means display it in the right marginal area.
15338 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15340 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15342 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15343 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15344 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15345 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15347 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15349 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15350 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15352 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15354 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15355 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15356 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15357 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15358 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15359 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15360 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15361 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15362 satisfied.
15364 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15366 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15368 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15370 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15371 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15373 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15374 documentation string.
15376 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15377 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15378 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15379 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15380 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15381 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15382 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15383 define SYMBOL.
15385 Example:
15387 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15388 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15390 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15392 ;;;***
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15395 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15396 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15397 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15398 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15399 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15400 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15401 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18307 57856))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15404 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15405 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15407 \(fn)" t nil)
15409 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15410 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15412 Convenience command that:
15414 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15415 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15416 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15418 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15419 image files in dired and type
15420 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15422 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15424 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15425 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15427 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15429 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15430 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15431 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15432 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15433 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15434 another one).
15436 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15437 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15438 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15440 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15441 instead of erasing it first.
15443 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15444 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15445 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15446 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15447 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15448 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15450 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15452 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15453 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15454 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15455 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15456 displayed.
15458 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15460 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15462 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15464 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15465 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15469 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15470 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15471 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15475 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15476 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15478 \(fn)" t nil)
15480 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15481 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15482 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15483 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15485 \(fn)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15488 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15490 \(fn)" t nil)
15492 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15493 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15497 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15498 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15500 \(fn)" t nil)
15502 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15503 Display current image file.
15504 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15505 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15509 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15510 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15512 \(fn)" t nil)
15514 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15515 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15516 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15517 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15518 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15519 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15520 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15522 \(fn)" t nil)
15524 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15525 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15526 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15527 easy-to-use form.
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15531 ;;;***
15533 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15534 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15535 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18307 57856))
15536 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15538 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15539 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15540 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15541 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15543 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15544 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15545 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15546 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15548 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15550 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15551 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15552 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15553 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15555 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15556 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15557 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15558 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15560 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15562 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15563 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15565 \(fn)" nil nil)
15567 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15568 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15569 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15570 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15572 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15574 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15575 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15576 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15579 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15581 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15583 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15584 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15585 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15586 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15588 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15589 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15590 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15594 ;;;***
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15597 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18301 42251))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15599 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15600 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15601 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15602 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15603 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15604 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15605 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15606 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15607 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15609 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15610 Major mode for image files.
15611 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15612 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15614 \(fn)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15617 Toggle Image minor mode.
15618 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15619 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15623 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15624 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15625 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15626 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15627 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15628 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15630 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15631 information on these modes.
15633 \(fn)" t nil)
15635 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15636 Not documented
15638 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15640 ;;;***
15642 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15643 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18302 4831))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15646 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15647 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15649 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15651 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15652 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15653 in the buffer.
15655 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15657 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15658 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15659 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15661 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15663 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15664 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15666 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15667 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15668 pattern's structure.
15670 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15671 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15672 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15673 during matching.")
15675 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15677 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15678 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15680 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15681 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15682 called within a `save-excursion'.
15684 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15686 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15688 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15689 Function for finding the next index position.
15691 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15692 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15693 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15694 file.
15696 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15697 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15699 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15701 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15702 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15704 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15705 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15706 It should return the name for that index item.")
15708 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15710 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15711 Function to compare string with index item.
15713 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15714 non-nil if they match.
15716 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15717 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15718 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15719 arguments match\".")
15721 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15723 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15724 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15725 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15727 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15731 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15733 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15734 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15735 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15736 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15738 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15740 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15741 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15743 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15748 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15749 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15750 for more information.
15752 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15754 ;;;***
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15757 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15758 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18307 57867))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15761 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15762 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15766 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15767 Not documented
15769 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15771 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15772 Not documented
15774 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15776 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15777 Not documented
15779 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15781 (autoload 'indian-glyph-char "ind-util" "\
15782 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15783 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15784 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15785 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15787 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15789 (autoload 'indian-char-glyph "ind-util" "\
15790 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15791 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15792 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15793 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15795 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15797 ;;;***
15799 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15800 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18307 57871))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15804 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15805 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15806 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15807 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15808 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15810 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15812 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15813 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15815 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15817 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15818 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15819 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15820 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15821 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15822 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15823 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15824 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15826 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15828 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15829 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15830 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15831 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15832 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15834 This variable is only used if the variable
15835 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15837 More precise choices:
15838 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15839 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15840 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15842 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15844 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15846 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15847 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15849 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15850 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15851 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15852 to that buffer.
15853 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15854 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15855 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15856 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15858 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15859 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15861 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15863 ;;;***
15865 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15866 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15867 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15868 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18307 57856))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15871 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15872 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15874 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15875 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15876 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15878 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15879 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15880 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15881 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15882 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15883 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15884 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15885 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15886 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15887 with the top-level Info directory.
15889 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15890 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15891 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15892 appended to the Info buffer name.
15894 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15895 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15896 in all the directories in that path.
15898 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15900 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15901 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15903 \(fn)" t nil)
15905 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15906 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15907 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15908 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15910 \(fn)" nil nil)
15912 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15913 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15914 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15915 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15917 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15919 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15920 Go to the Info directory node.
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15925 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15926 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15927 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15928 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15929 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15931 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15933 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15934 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15935 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15937 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15939 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15940 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15941 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15942 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15943 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15945 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15946 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15948 Selecting other nodes:
15949 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15950 Follow a node reference you click on.
15951 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15952 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15953 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15954 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15955 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15956 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15957 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15958 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15959 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15960 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15961 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15962 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15963 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15964 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15965 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15966 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15967 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15968 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15969 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15970 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15972 Moving within a node:
15973 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15974 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15975 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15976 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15977 move up to the parent node.
15978 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15979 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15980 if there is none.
15981 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15983 Advanced commands:
15984 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15985 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15986 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15987 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15988 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15989 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15990 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15991 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15992 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15993 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15994 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15995 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15996 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15997 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15998 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15999 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
16001 \(fn)" nil nil)
16002 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
16004 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
16005 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
16006 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
16007 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
16008 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
16009 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
16011 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
16012 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
16014 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
16015 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
16016 KEY is a string.
16017 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
16018 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
16019 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
16020 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
16022 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
16025 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
16026 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16030 ;;;***
16032 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
16033 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
16034 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16037 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16038 Throw away all cached data.
16039 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16040 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16041 system.
16043 \(fn)" t nil)
16044 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16046 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16047 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16048 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16049 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16050 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16051 one found at point.
16053 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16055 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16056 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16058 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16059 Display the documentation of a file.
16060 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16061 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16062 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16063 The default file name is the one found at point.
16065 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
16067 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16069 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16070 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16072 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16074 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16075 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16077 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16079 ;;;***
16081 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
16082 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18307 57856))
16083 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16085 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16086 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16088 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16090 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16091 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
16092 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
16094 \(fn)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16097 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16098 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
16100 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
16101 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
16102 quite a while.
16104 \(fn)" t nil)
16106 ;;;***
16108 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
16109 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18307 57856))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16112 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16113 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16115 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16117 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16118 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16119 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
16121 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16122 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16123 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16125 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16126 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16127 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16128 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16130 \(fn)" t nil)
16132 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16133 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16134 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16136 \(fn)" t nil)
16138 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16139 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16140 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16141 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16142 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16144 \(fn)" nil nil)
16146 ;;;***
16148 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
16149 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
16150 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
16152 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
16153 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
16154 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
16156 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
16157 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
16159 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
16160 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
16161 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
16162 next occurrence.
16164 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
16165 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
16166 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
16167 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
16168 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
16169 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
16170 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
16171 buffer in the series.")
16173 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
16174 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
16175 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16179 ;;;***
16181 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
16182 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
16183 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16186 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16187 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16189 \(fn)" t nil)
16191 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16192 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16194 \(fn)" t nil)
16196 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16197 Not documented
16199 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
16201 ;;;***
16203 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18307
16204 ;;;;;; 57856))
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16207 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16208 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16209 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16210 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16211 accessed via isearchb.
16213 \(fn)" t nil)
16215 ;;;***
16217 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16218 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16219 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16220 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18307 57867))
16221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16223 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16224 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16225 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16226 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16227 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16229 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16232 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16233 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16234 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16235 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16237 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16239 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16240 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16241 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16242 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16243 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16245 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16247 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16248 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16249 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16250 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16251 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16253 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16255 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16256 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16257 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16258 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16259 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16261 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16263 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16264 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16265 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16266 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16271 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16272 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16273 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16274 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16279 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16281 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16286 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16287 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16288 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16289 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16291 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16293 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16294 Warn that format is read-only.
16296 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16298 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16299 Warn that format is write-only.
16301 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16304 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16306 \(fn)" t nil)
16308 ;;;***
16310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16311 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
16312 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16313 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16314 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16315 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16317 ;;;***
16319 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16320 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16321 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16322 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16323 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16324 ;;;;;; (18307 57873))
16325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16326 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16328 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16329 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16330 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16331 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16333 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16334 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16336 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16337 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16338 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16340 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16341 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16342 re-start Emacs.")
16344 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16346 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16348 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16350 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16352 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16354 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16356 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16358 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16359 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16361 Each element of this list is also a list:
16363 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16364 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16366 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16367 nil means the default dictionary.
16369 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16371 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16373 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16374 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16375 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16376 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16377 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16378 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16379 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16380 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16381 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16383 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16384 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16385 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16386 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16387 for non-ASCII bytes.
16389 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16390 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16391 single word.
16393 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16394 subprocess.
16396 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16397 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16398 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16399 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16400 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16401 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16402 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16403 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16405 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16407 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16408 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16409 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16411 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16412 Key map for ispell menu.")
16414 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16415 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16416 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16417 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16419 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16421 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16423 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16425 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16427 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16428 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16429 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16430 Valid forms include:
16431 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16432 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16433 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16434 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16436 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16437 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16438 First list is used raw.
16439 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16441 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16442 for skipping in latex mode.")
16444 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16445 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16446 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16447 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16448 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16449 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16450 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16452 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16453 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16454 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16455 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16457 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16458 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16459 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16460 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16461 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16463 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16464 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16466 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16467 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16469 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16470 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16472 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16473 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16475 Return values:
16476 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16477 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16478 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16479 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16480 quit spell session exited.
16482 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16484 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16485 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16486 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16488 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16490 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16491 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16493 Selections are:
16495 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16496 SPC: Accept word this time.
16497 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16498 `a': Accept word for this session.
16499 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16500 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16501 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16502 `?': Show these commands.
16503 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16504 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16505 the aborted check to be completed later.
16506 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16507 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16508 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16509 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16510 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16511 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16512 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16514 \(fn)" nil nil)
16516 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16517 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16518 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16520 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16523 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16524 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16525 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16527 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16529 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16531 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16532 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16533 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16534 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16536 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16539 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16541 \(fn)" t nil)
16543 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16544 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16546 \(fn)" t nil)
16548 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16549 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16551 \(fn)" t nil)
16553 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16554 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16555 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16556 sequence inside of a word.
16558 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16560 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16562 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16563 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16565 \(fn)" t nil)
16567 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16568 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16569 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16570 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16572 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16573 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16574 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16575 available on the net.
16577 \(fn)" t nil)
16579 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16580 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16581 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16582 otherwise turn it off.
16584 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16585 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16587 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16588 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16592 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16593 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16594 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16595 Don't check included messages.
16597 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16598 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16599 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16601 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16602 in your .emacs file:
16603 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16604 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16605 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16606 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16608 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16609 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16610 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16612 \(fn)" t nil)
16614 ;;;***
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18302
16617 ;;;;;; 4831))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16620 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16621 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16622 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16625 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16627 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16629 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16630 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16631 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16632 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16633 `iswitchb' for details.
16635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16637 ;;;***
16639 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16640 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16641 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16642 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18307 57867))
16643 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16645 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16646 Not documented
16648 \(fn)" nil nil)
16650 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16651 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16652 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16653 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16654 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16655 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16656 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16657 necessary to represent OBJ.
16659 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16661 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16662 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16663 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16664 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16666 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16668 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16669 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16670 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16671 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16672 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16674 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16676 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16677 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16678 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16679 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16681 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16683 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16684 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16685 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16686 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16688 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16690 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16691 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16693 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16695 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16696 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16697 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16698 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16699 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16701 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16703 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16704 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16705 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16706 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16707 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16709 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16711 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16712 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16713 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16715 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16717 ;;;***
16719 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16720 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18307 57856))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16723 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16724 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16725 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16726 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16728 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16729 Not documented
16731 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16733 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16734 Uninstall jka-compr.
16735 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16736 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16737 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16739 \(fn)" nil nil)
16741 ;;;***
16743 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16744 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16745 ;;;;;; (18307 57862))
16746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16748 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16749 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16750 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16751 decimal key must be specified.")
16753 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16755 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16756 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16757 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16758 decimal key must be specified.")
16760 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16762 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16763 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16764 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16765 decimal key must be specified.")
16767 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16769 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16770 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16771 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16772 decimal key must be specified.")
16774 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16776 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16777 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16778 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16779 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16780 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16781 keys are bound.
16783 Setup Binding
16784 -------------------------------------------------------------
16785 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16786 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16787 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16788 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16789 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16790 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16791 in the global and local keymaps.
16793 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16794 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16796 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16801 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16804 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16805 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16806 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16808 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16809 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16810 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16811 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16812 shorter.
16814 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16815 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16816 the context of text formatting.
16818 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16820 ;;;***
16822 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18307
16823 ;;;;;; 57867))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16826 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16827 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16828 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16829 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16830 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16831 positions that contains the current selection.")
16833 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16834 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16835 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16836 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16837 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16838 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16839 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16841 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16843 ;;;***
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16846 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16847 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16848 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18307 57856))
16849 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16850 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16851 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16852 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16853 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16854 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16855 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16856 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16858 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16859 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16860 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16861 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16862 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16864 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16866 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16867 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16868 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16870 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16871 defining the macro.
16873 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16874 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16875 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16877 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16878 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16882 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16883 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16884 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16885 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16886 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16887 under that name.
16889 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16890 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16891 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16895 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16896 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16897 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16899 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16900 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16901 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16902 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16904 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16905 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16907 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16909 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16910 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16911 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16913 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16914 macro.
16916 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16917 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16919 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16920 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16921 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16923 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16924 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16928 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16929 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16930 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16931 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16933 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16935 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16936 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16937 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16938 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16940 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16941 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16943 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16945 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16946 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16947 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16949 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16951 ;;;***
16953 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16954 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16955 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16958 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16960 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16961 Not documented
16963 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16965 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16966 Not documented
16968 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16970 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16971 Not documented
16973 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16975 ;;;***
16977 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16978 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18307 57867))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16981 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16982 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16983 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16985 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16986 Not documented
16988 \(fn)" nil nil)
16990 ;;;***
16992 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16993 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16996 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16998 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16999 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
17001 \(fn)" t nil)
17003 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
17005 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
17006 Start or resume an Lm game.
17007 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
17008 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
17010 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
17011 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
17012 none / 1 | yes | no
17013 2 | yes | yes
17014 3 | no | yes
17015 4 | no | no
17017 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
17018 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
17019 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
17021 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
17023 ;;;***
17025 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
17026 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
17027 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18307
17028 ;;;;;; 57867))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
17031 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
17032 Not documented
17034 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
17036 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
17037 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
17038 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
17039 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
17040 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
17041 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
17043 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
17044 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
17046 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
17048 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
17049 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
17051 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
17053 (autoload 'lao-post-read-conversion "lao-util" "\
17054 Not documented
17056 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17058 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
17059 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
17060 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17061 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17062 to compose.
17064 The return value is number of composed characters.
17066 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17068 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
17069 Not documented
17071 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17073 ;;;***
17075 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
17076 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
17077 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18307 57867))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
17080 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
17081 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
17082 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17083 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17085 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17087 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17088 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17089 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17091 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17093 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17094 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17095 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17097 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17099 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17100 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17101 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17102 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17104 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17106 ;;;***
17108 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
17109 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18307 57867))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17112 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17113 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17114 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17115 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17116 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17117 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17118 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17119 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17121 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17122 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17125 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17127 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17129 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17130 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17131 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17132 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17133 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17134 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
17135 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
17136 a Unicode font with which to display them.
17138 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17140 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17141 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17142 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17143 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17146 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17148 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17150 ;;;***
17152 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17153 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
17154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17156 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
17158 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
17160 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17161 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17163 \(fn)" t nil)
17165 ;;;***
17167 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17168 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17171 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17172 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17174 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17175 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17177 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17178 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17180 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
17181 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17182 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17183 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17184 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17185 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17186 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17187 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17188 and transmit saved text.
17190 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17191 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17192 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17194 \(fn)" t nil)
17196 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
17197 Not documented
17199 \(fn)" nil nil)
17201 ;;;***
17203 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18307 57870))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17206 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17207 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17208 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17209 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17210 generations (this defaults to 1).
17212 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17214 ;;;***
17216 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18307
17217 ;;;;;; 57856))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17220 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17221 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17222 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17223 is nil, raise an error.
17225 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17226 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17227 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17228 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17229 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17230 defined by the library.
17232 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17233 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17234 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17235 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17236 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17237 proceeds.
17239 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17240 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17241 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17242 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17244 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17246 ;;;***
17248 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17249 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18307 57856))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17252 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17253 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17254 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17256 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17258 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17259 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17260 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17261 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17263 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17264 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17265 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17266 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17267 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17268 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17269 the version.)
17271 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17272 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17274 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17275 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17277 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17279 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17281 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17282 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17283 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17284 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17285 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17286 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17287 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17288 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17289 to constrain a big search.
17291 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17293 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17294 except that FILTER is not optional.
17296 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17298 ;;;***
17300 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18317 11736))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17303 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17304 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17305 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17306 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17307 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17308 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17309 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17310 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17312 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17313 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17314 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17315 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17316 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17318 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17319 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17320 uses the current buffer.
17322 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17324 ;;;***
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18301
17327 ;;;;;; 42251))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17330 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17331 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17333 \(fn)" t nil)
17335 ;;;***
17337 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18307
17338 ;;;;;; 57856))
17339 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17341 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17342 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17343 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17344 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17345 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17347 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17348 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17349 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17351 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17352 are indicated with a symbol.
17354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17356 ;;;***
17358 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17359 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18307
17360 ;;;;;; 57856))
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17363 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17365 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17367 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17368 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17369 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17371 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17372 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17374 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17375 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17376 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17377 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17378 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17379 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17380 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17382 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17384 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17385 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17386 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17387 switch on this list.
17388 See `lpr-command'.")
17390 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17392 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17393 *Name of program for printing a file.
17395 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17396 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17397 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17398 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17399 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17400 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17401 argument.")
17403 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17405 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17406 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17407 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17408 for customization of the printer command.
17410 \(fn)" t nil)
17412 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17413 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17415 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17416 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17417 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17418 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17420 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17421 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17423 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17424 for further customization of the printer command.
17426 \(fn)" t nil)
17428 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17429 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17430 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17431 for customization of the printer command.
17433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17435 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17436 Paginate and print the region contents.
17438 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17439 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17440 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17441 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17443 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17444 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17446 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17447 for further customization of the printer command.
17449 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17451 ;;;***
17453 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17454 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17457 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17458 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17459 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17461 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17463 ;;;***
17465 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18307
17466 ;;;;;; 57860))
17467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17469 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17470 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17471 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17473 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17477 ;;;***
17479 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18307
17480 ;;;;;; 57871))
17481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17483 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17484 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17485 \\{m4-mode-map}
17487 \(fn)" t nil)
17489 ;;;***
17491 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17492 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
17493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17495 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17496 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17497 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17498 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17499 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17501 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17503 ;;;***
17505 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17506 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18307 57856))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17509 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17510 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17511 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17512 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17513 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17515 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17517 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17518 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17519 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17520 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17522 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17523 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17524 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17525 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17526 bindings.
17528 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17529 use this command, and then save the file.
17531 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17533 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17534 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17535 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17536 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17537 each time the macro executes.
17538 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17539 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17540 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17541 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17542 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17543 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17544 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17546 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17548 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17549 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17550 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17551 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17553 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17554 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17555 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17556 execute.
17558 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17559 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17561 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17562 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17563 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17564 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17565 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17567 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17568 looked like this:
17570 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17571 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17572 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17574 You could enter the names in this format:
17580 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17582 \\C-x (
17583 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17584 \\C-x )
17586 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17587 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17589 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17590 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17592 ;;;***
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17595 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18307 57869))
17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17598 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17599 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17600 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17601 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17602 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17603 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17605 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17606 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17607 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17608 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17609 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17611 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17612 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17613 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17614 consing a string.)
17616 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17618 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17619 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17621 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17623 ;;;***
17625 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17626 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17627 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17630 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17631 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17633 \(fn)" nil nil)
17635 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17636 Not documented
17638 \(fn)" nil nil)
17640 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17641 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17643 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17645 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17646 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17647 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17648 message.
17650 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17652 \(fn)" nil nil)
17654 ;;;***
17656 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17657 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17658 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18307
17659 ;;;;;; 57869))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17662 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17663 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17664 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17665 often correct parser.")
17667 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17669 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17670 Not documented
17672 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17674 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17675 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17676 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17677 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17679 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17681 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17682 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17683 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17684 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17686 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17688 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17689 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17690 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17691 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17692 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17693 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17694 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17695 as Rmail does.
17697 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17699 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17700 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17701 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17702 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17703 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17704 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17706 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17708 ;;;***
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17711 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18307
17712 ;;;;;; 57869))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17715 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17716 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17717 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17720 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17722 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17724 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17725 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17730 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17732 \(fn)" nil nil)
17734 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17735 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17736 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17738 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17740 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17741 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17742 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17744 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17746 ;;;***
17748 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17749 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18307
17750 ;;;;;; 57869))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17753 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17754 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17755 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17756 king@grassland.com
17757 If `parens', they look like:
17758 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17759 If `angles', they look like:
17760 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17762 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17764 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17765 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17766 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17767 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17768 their `Resent-' variants.
17770 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17771 removed from alias expansions.
17773 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17776 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17777 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17779 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17780 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17781 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17782 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17784 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17787 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17788 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17789 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17791 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17793 ;;;***
17795 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17796 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17799 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17800 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17801 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17802 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17804 \(fn)" nil nil)
17806 ;;;***
17808 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17809 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17810 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18307 57871))
17811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17813 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17814 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17816 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17817 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17818 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17819 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17820 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17821 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17823 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17824 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17825 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17826 dependency, despite the colon.
17828 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17830 In the browser, use the following keys:
17832 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17834 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17836 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17837 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17839 `makefile-target-colon':
17840 The string that gets appended to all target names
17841 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17842 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17844 `makefile-macro-assign':
17845 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17846 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17847 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17848 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17849 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17850 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17852 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17853 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17854 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17856 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17857 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17859 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17860 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17861 up or down in the browser.
17863 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17864 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17866 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17867 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17869 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17870 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17871 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17872 has been selected in the browser.
17874 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17875 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17876 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17877 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17878 filenames are omitted.
17880 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17881 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17882 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17883 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17884 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17885 the backslash itself intact.
17886 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17887 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17889 `makefile-browser-hook':
17890 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17891 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17893 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17894 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17895 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17896 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17898 \(fn)" t nil)
17900 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17901 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17903 \(fn)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17906 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17908 \(fn)" t nil)
17910 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17911 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17913 \(fn)" t nil)
17915 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17916 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17918 \(fn)" t nil)
17920 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17921 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17923 \(fn)" t nil)
17925 ;;;***
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18302
17928 ;;;;;; 4831))
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17931 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17932 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17933 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17935 \(fn)" t nil)
17937 ;;;***
17939 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18307 57856))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17942 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17944 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17945 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17946 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17947 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17948 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17949 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17950 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17952 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17953 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17954 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17955 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17957 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17960 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17962 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17964 ;;;***
17966 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18307 57856))
17967 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17969 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17970 Toggle Master mode.
17971 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17972 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17973 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17975 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17976 following commands:
17978 \\{master-mode-map}
17980 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17981 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17982 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17986 ;;;***
17988 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17989 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
17990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17992 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17993 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17994 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17996 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17997 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17999 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
18001 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
18002 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
18003 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
18004 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
18005 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18007 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18008 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012 ;;;***
18014 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18307
18015 ;;;;;; 57856))
18016 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
18018 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
18020 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
18021 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
18022 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18025 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
18027 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
18029 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
18030 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
18031 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
18032 created in the future.
18033 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
18034 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
18036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18038 ;;;***
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
18041 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
18042 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
18043 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
18044 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
18045 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
18046 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18307 57866))
18047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18049 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18051 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18052 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18053 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18054 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18055 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18056 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18057 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18058 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18059 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18060 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18061 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18062 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18063 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18064 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18065 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18066 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18067 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18068 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18069 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18070 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18071 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18072 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18073 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18074 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18075 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18076 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18077 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18078 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18079 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18080 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18081 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18082 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18083 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18084 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18085 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18086 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18087 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18088 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18090 \(fn)" t nil)
18092 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18093 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18094 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18095 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18096 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18098 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
18100 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18101 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18103 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18105 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18106 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18108 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18110 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18111 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18113 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18115 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18116 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18117 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18119 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18122 Cancel an article you posted.
18123 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18128 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18129 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18130 header line with the old Message-ID.
18132 \(fn)" t nil)
18134 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18135 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18139 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18140 Forward the current message via mail.
18141 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18142 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18144 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18146 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18147 Not documented
18149 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18151 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18152 Not documented
18154 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18156 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18157 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18159 \(fn)" t nil)
18161 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18162 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18164 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18166 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18167 Re-mail the current message.
18168 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18169 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18170 you.
18172 \(fn)" t nil)
18174 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18175 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18177 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18180 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18182 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18184 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18185 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18187 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18189 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18190 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18192 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18194 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18195 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18196 Works by overstriking characters.
18197 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18198 which specify the range to operate on.
18200 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18202 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18203 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18204 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18205 which specify the range to operate on.
18207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18209 ;;;***
18211 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18212 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
18213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18215 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18216 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18217 Special commands:
18218 \\{meta-mode-map}
18220 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18221 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18223 \(fn)" t nil)
18225 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18226 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18227 Special commands:
18228 \\{meta-mode-map}
18230 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18231 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18233 \(fn)" t nil)
18235 ;;;***
18237 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18238 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18239 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18242 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18243 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18244 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18246 \(fn)" t nil)
18248 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18249 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18250 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18251 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18252 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18253 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18254 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18256 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18258 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18259 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18260 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18261 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18262 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18263 means current).
18264 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18265 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18267 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18269 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18270 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18271 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18272 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18273 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18274 means current).
18275 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18276 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18278 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18280 ;;;***
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18283 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18284 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18307 57869))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18287 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18288 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18289 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18291 \(fn)" t nil)
18293 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18294 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18295 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18297 \(fn)" t nil)
18299 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18300 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18302 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18303 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18304 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18306 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18307 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18309 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18310 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18312 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18314 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18316 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18317 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18318 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18319 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18320 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18321 as `compose-mail'.
18323 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18324 initial Subject field, respectively.
18326 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18327 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18328 are strings.
18330 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18331 ignored.
18333 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18335 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18336 Save draft and send message.
18338 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18339 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18340 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18341 Mail Delivery*\".
18343 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18344 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18345 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18347 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18348 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18349 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18350 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18351 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18352 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18354 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18355 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18359 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18360 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18362 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18363 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18364 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18365 delete the draft message.
18367 \(fn)" t nil)
18369 ;;;***
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18307 57869))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18374 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18376 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18378 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18380 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18381 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18383 \(fn)" t nil)
18385 ;;;***
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18388 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18307 57869))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18391 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18392 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18393 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18395 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18396 the MH mail system.
18398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18400 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18401 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18402 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18404 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18405 the MH mail system.
18407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18409 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18410 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18412 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18413 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18414 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18415 separate command.
18417 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18418 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18419 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18420 format.
18422 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18424 Ranges
18425 ======
18426 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18427 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18428 can be used in several ways.
18430 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18431 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18432 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18433 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18434 page):
18436 <num1>-<num2>
18437 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18438 The range must be nonempty.
18440 <num>:N
18441 <num>:+N
18442 <num>:-N
18443 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18444 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18445 last.
18447 first:N
18448 prev:N
18449 next:N
18450 last:N
18451 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18454 All of the messages.
18456 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18457 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18459 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18460 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18461 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18463 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18465 \(fn)" t nil)
18467 ;;;***
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18470 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18307 57856))
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18473 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18474 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18475 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18476 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18477 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18478 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18479 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18480 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18481 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18482 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18483 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18487 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18488 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18489 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18490 to its second argument TM.
18492 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18494 ;;;***
18496 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18497 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18307 57856))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18500 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18501 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18502 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18505 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18507 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18509 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18510 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18511 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18512 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18513 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18514 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18515 default indication.
18517 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18518 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18522 ;;;***
18524 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18525 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
18526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18528 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18529 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18530 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18532 \(fn)" t nil)
18534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18536 ;;;***
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18539 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18540 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18543 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18544 Not documented
18546 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18548 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18549 Not documented
18551 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18553 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18554 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18555 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18556 PATTERN regexp.
18558 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18560 ;;;***
18562 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18563 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18307 57866))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18566 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18567 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18569 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18571 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18572 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18573 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18574 the entire message.
18575 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18577 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18579 ;;;***
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18582 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18585 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18586 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18587 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18588 the entire message.
18589 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18591 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18593 ;;;***
18595 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18596 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18307 57866))
18597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18599 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18600 Insert file contents of URL.
18601 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18605 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18606 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18610 ;;;***
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18613 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18307 57866))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18616 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18617 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18618 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18619 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18620 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18622 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18624 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18625 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18626 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18628 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18630 ;;;***
18632 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18633 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18636 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18637 Not documented
18639 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18641 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18642 Not documented
18644 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18646 ;;;***
18648 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18649 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18650 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18307 57866))
18651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18653 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18654 Not documented
18656 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18658 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18659 Not documented
18661 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18663 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18664 Not documented
18666 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18668 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18669 Not documented
18671 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18673 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18674 Not documented
18676 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18678 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18679 Not documented
18681 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18683 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18684 Not documented
18686 \(fn)" nil nil)
18688 ;;;***
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18691 ;;;;;; (18131 3995))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18694 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18695 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18696 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18697 followed by the first character of the construct.
18698 \\<m2-mode-map>
18699 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18700 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18701 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18702 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18703 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18704 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18705 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18706 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18707 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18708 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18709 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18710 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18711 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18712 \\[m2-link] link
18714 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18715 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18716 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18718 \(fn)" t nil)
18720 ;;;***
18722 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18723 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18726 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18727 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18729 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18731 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18732 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18736 ;;;***
18738 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18307
18739 ;;;;;; 57856))
18740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18742 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18743 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18744 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18747 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18749 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18751 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18752 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18753 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18754 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18756 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18758 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18760 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18762 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18763 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18764 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18765 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18766 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18767 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18769 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18770 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18771 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18772 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18773 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18775 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18776 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18778 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18779 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18781 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18783 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18784 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18785 primary selection and region.
18787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18789 ;;;***
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18307 57870))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18794 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18795 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18797 \(fn)" t nil)
18799 ;;;***
18801 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18302 4831))
18802 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18804 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18805 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18806 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18809 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18811 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18813 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18814 Toggle Msb mode.
18815 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18816 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18817 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18821 ;;;***
18823 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18824 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18825 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18826 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18827 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18828 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
18829 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18831 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist `((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252)))) "\
18832 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18833 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18834 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18835 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18836 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18837 set of ISO charsets.
18839 Each element has the following format:
18840 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18842 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18844 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18845 CHARSET are mapped.
18847 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18848 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18849 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18850 character code in CHARSET.
18852 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18853 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18854 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18856 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18857 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18858 TO2, or...
18859 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18860 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18862 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18863 Display a list of all character sets.
18865 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18866 internal Emacs use.
18868 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18869 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18870 hexadecimal digits.
18871 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18872 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18874 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18875 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18876 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18877 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18879 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18880 but still shows the full information.
18882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18884 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18885 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18886 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18887 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18888 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18890 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18891 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18892 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18893 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18894 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18896 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18898 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18899 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18900 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18901 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18902 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18904 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18906 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18907 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18909 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18911 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18912 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18914 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18916 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18917 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18919 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18920 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18921 in place of `..':
18922 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18923 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18924 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18925 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18926 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18927 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18928 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18929 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18930 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18931 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18932 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18933 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18934 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18935 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18936 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18937 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18939 \(fn)" t nil)
18941 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18942 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18944 \(fn)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18947 Display a list of all coding systems.
18948 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18950 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18951 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18955 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18956 Display a list of all coding categories.
18958 \(fn)" nil nil)
18960 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18961 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18962 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18964 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18967 Display information about FONTSET.
18968 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18970 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18972 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18973 Display a list of all fontsets.
18974 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18975 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18976 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18980 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18981 Display information about all input methods.
18983 \(fn)" t nil)
18985 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18986 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18988 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18989 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18990 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18991 system which uses fontsets).
18993 \(fn)" t nil)
18995 ;;;***
18997 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18998 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18999 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
19000 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
19001 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
19002 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18307 57867))
19003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19005 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
19006 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
19007 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
19009 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
19011 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
19013 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19014 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19016 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19017 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19019 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19020 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19022 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19024 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19025 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19026 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19027 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19028 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19029 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19030 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19032 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19033 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19034 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19035 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19036 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19037 middle of a character in STR.
19039 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19040 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19042 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19043 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19044 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19045 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19046 defaults to \"...\".
19048 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19050 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19051 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19053 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19054 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19055 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19057 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19058 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19059 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19061 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19062 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19063 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19064 is considered.
19065 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19066 longer than KEYSEQ.
19067 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19069 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19071 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19072 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19073 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19074 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19075 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19076 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19077 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19078 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19079 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19080 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19081 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19083 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19085 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19086 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19088 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19090 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19091 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19093 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19095 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19096 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
19098 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19100 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19101 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
19103 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19105 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19106 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19107 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19108 coding systems ordered by priority.
19110 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19112 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19113 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19114 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19115 language environment LANG-ENV.
19117 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19119 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19120 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19121 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19122 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19123 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19124 basis, this may not be accurate.
19126 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19128 ;;;***
19130 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19131 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19134 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19135 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19136 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19138 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19139 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19141 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
19143 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
19144 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19145 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19146 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19150 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
19151 Enable mouse wheel support.
19153 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19155 ;;;***
19157 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19158 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19159 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19160 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18307 57870))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19163 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19164 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19166 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19169 Ping HOST.
19170 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19171 `ping-program-options'.
19173 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19175 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
19176 Run ipconfig program.
19178 \(fn)" t nil)
19180 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
19182 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19183 Run netstat program.
19185 \(fn)" t nil)
19187 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19188 Run the arp program.
19190 \(fn)" t nil)
19192 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19193 Run the route program.
19195 \(fn)" t nil)
19197 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19198 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19200 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19202 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19203 Run nslookup program.
19205 \(fn)" t nil)
19207 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19208 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19210 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19212 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19213 Run dig program.
19215 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19217 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19218 Run ftp program.
19220 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19222 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19223 Finger USER on HOST.
19225 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19227 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19228 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19229 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19230 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19232 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19234 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19235 Not documented
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19239 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19240 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19242 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19244 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19245 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19247 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19249 ;;;***
19251 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19252 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19253 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19254 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19255 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19256 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18307 57856))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19259 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19261 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19263 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19265 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19267 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19268 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19269 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19270 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19271 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19272 Major modes should set this variable.")
19274 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19275 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19276 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19277 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19278 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19279 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19281 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19282 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19284 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19285 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19286 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19288 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19289 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19290 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19291 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19292 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19294 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19295 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19296 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19298 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19299 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19300 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19301 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19303 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19304 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19305 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19306 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19307 column indentation or nil.
19308 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19310 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19311 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19312 The function has no args.
19314 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19315 comments always start in column zero.")
19317 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19318 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19319 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19321 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19323 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19324 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19325 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19326 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19328 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19329 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19331 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19333 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19334 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19335 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19336 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19337 customize this variable.
19339 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19340 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19342 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19344 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19345 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19346 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19347 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19348 the variables are properly set.
19350 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19352 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19353 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19355 \(fn)" nil nil)
19357 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19358 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19359 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19361 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19363 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19364 Set the comment column based on point.
19365 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19366 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19367 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19368 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19370 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19372 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19373 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19374 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19376 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19378 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19379 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19380 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19381 comment markers.
19383 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19385 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19386 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19387 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19388 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19389 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19390 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19391 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19392 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19394 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19395 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19397 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19399 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19400 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19401 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19402 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19404 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19406 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19407 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19408 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19409 is passed on to the respective function.
19411 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19413 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19414 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19415 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19416 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19417 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19418 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19419 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19420 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19421 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19422 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19426 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19427 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19428 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19430 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19432 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19433 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19434 This indents the body of the continued comment
19435 under the previous comment line.
19437 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19438 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19439 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19441 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19442 or comment indentation.
19444 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19445 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19447 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19449 ;;;***
19451 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19452 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19453 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18307 57870))
19454 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19456 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19457 Check whether newsticker is running.
19458 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19459 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19461 \(fn)" nil nil)
19463 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19464 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19465 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19466 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19467 empty.
19469 \(fn)" nil nil)
19471 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19472 Start the newsticker.
19473 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19474 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19475 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19476 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19478 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19480 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19481 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19482 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19483 running already.
19485 \(fn)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19488 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19492 ;;;***
19494 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19495 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19498 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19499 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19501 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19503 ;;;***
19505 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18307
19506 ;;;;;; 57866))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19509 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19510 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19511 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19512 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19513 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19514 symbol in the alist.
19516 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19518 ;;;***
19520 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19521 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
19522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19524 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19525 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19526 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19530 ;;;***
19532 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19533 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19536 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19537 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19538 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19540 \(fn)" t nil)
19542 ;;;***
19544 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19545 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
19546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19548 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19549 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19551 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19553 ;;;***
19555 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19556 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18307 57866))
19557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19559 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19560 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19562 \(fn)" t nil)
19564 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19565 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19567 \(fn)" t nil)
19569 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19570 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19572 \(fn)" t nil)
19574 ;;;***
19576 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19577 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18307 57856))
19578 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19580 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19581 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19582 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19584 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19586 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19587 Not documented
19589 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19591 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19592 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19593 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19594 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19595 to future sessions.
19597 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19599 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19600 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19601 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19602 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19603 to future sessions.
19605 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19607 ;;;***
19609 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19610 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
19611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19613 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19614 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19615 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19616 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19617 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19618 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19620 \(fn)" t nil)
19622 ;;;***
19624 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19625 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
19626 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19628 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19629 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19630 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19631 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19633 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19635 ;;;***
19637 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18313
19638 ;;;;;; 19474))
19639 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19641 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19642 Major mode for editing XML.
19644 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19645 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19647 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19648 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19649 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19650 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19651 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19652 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19653 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19655 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19657 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19658 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19660 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19661 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19662 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19663 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19664 instead of C-c.
19666 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19667 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19668 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19669 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19670 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19671 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19673 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19674 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19675 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19677 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19678 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19679 inserts the character directly.
19681 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19682 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19683 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19684 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19685 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19686 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19687 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19688 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19689 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19691 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19693 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19694 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19696 \(fn)" t nil)
19698 ;;;***
19700 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19701 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18312 40673))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19704 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19705 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19706 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19707 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19711 ;;;***
19713 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19714 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
19715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19717 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19718 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19719 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19720 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19721 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19723 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19725 ;;;***
19727 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19728 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
19729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19731 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19732 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19733 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19735 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19737 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19738 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19740 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19741 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19742 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19746 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19748 ;;;***
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19751 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19754 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19755 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19757 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19758 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19759 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19760 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19762 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19763 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19764 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19765 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19766 is why you need this mode!).
19768 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19769 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19770 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19772 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19774 Keybindings
19775 ===========
19777 \\{octave-mode-map}
19779 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19780 ==============================================
19782 `octave-auto-indent'
19783 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19784 Default is nil.
19786 `octave-auto-newline'
19787 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19788 Default is nil.
19790 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19791 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19792 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19794 `octave-block-offset'
19795 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19796 Default is 2.
19798 `octave-continuation-offset'
19799 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19800 Default is 4.
19802 `octave-continuation-string'
19803 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19804 Default is a backslash.
19806 `octave-send-echo-input'
19807 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19808 command to the inferior Octave process.
19810 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19811 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19812 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19814 `octave-send-echo-input'
19815 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19817 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19819 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19820 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19822 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19824 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19825 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19827 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19828 (lambda ()
19829 (abbrev-mode 1)
19830 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19832 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19833 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19834 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19835 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19839 ;;;***
19841 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19842 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19843 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19844 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19845 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler org-remember
19846 ;;;;;; org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global
19847 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19848 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19849 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19850 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18311 19810))
19851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19853 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19854 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19855 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19857 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19858 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19859 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19860 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19861 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19862 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19863 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19864 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19865 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19866 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19868 The following commands are available:
19870 \\{org-mode-map}
19872 \(fn)" t nil)
19874 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19875 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19877 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19878 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19879 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19880 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19881 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19883 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19884 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19885 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19886 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19887 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19888 and zoom in further.
19889 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19891 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19892 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19893 is negative, go up that many levels.
19895 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19896 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19897 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19899 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19900 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19901 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19906 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19911 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19912 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19913 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19914 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19915 of Org-mode).
19917 M-up Move entry/item up
19918 M-down Move entry/item down
19919 M-left Promote
19920 M-right Demote
19921 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19922 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19923 M-S-left Promote subtree
19924 M-S-right Demote subtree
19925 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19926 C-c ^ Sort entries
19927 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19928 TAB Cycle item visibility
19929 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19930 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19931 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19935 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19936 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19938 \(fn)" nil nil)
19940 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19941 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19942 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19943 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19944 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additonal settings.
19946 \(fn)" nil nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19949 Not documented
19951 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19953 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19954 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19956 \(fn)" nil nil)
19958 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19959 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19963 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19964 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19965 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19966 \\[org-insert-link].
19967 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19968 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19969 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19971 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19974 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19975 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19980 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19981 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19982 Org-mode syntax.
19984 \(fn)" t nil)
19986 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19987 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19988 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19989 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19990 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19992 \(fn)" nil nil)
19994 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19995 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19996 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19997 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19999 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20001 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
20002 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20003 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20004 of the remember buffer.
20006 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20008 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
20009 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20010 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20011 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20012 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20013 file the text at a specific location.
20014 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20015 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20016 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20018 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20019 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20020 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20021 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20022 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20023 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20024 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20025 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20027 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20028 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20029 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20030 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20031 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20032 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20034 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20035 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20036 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20038 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20039 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20040 \(i.e. after the stars).
20042 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20044 \(fn)" nil nil)
20046 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
20047 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20048 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
20049 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
20051 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
20052 regular expression to filter results.
20054 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
20055 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20057 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20058 (category \"Work\"))
20060 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20061 belonging to the category \"Work\".
20063 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
20065 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
20066 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20067 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20068 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20070 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20071 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20072 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20073 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20074 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20075 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20076 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20077 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20078 e Export views to associated files.
20080 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20081 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20082 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20084 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20085 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20086 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20087 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20088 \(if active).
20090 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
20093 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20094 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20095 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20096 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
20097 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20098 before running the agenda command.
20100 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20102 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
20103 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20104 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20105 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20106 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
20107 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20108 before running the agenda command.
20110 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20111 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20113 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20115 category The category of the item
20116 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20117 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20118 todo selected in TODO match
20119 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20120 diary imported from diary
20121 deadline a deadline on given date
20122 scheduled scheduled on given date
20123 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20124 closed entry was closed on given date
20125 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20126 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20127 block entry has date block including g. date
20128 todo The todo keyword, if any
20129 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20130 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20131 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20132 extra Sting with extra planning info
20133 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20134 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20135 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20137 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20139 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20140 Not documented
20142 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20144 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20145 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20147 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20149 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20150 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20151 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20152 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20154 \(fn)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
20157 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20158 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20159 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20161 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
20162 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
20163 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
20164 agenda instead.
20166 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20167 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
20168 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
20170 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20171 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20173 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
20175 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
20176 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20177 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20178 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20179 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20180 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20182 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20184 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
20185 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20186 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20188 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20190 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
20191 Return diary information from org-files.
20192 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20193 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20194 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20195 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20197 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20198 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20199 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20201 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20203 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20204 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20205 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20206 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20208 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20209 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20210 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20212 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20213 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20214 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20215 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20217 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20219 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20221 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20222 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20224 &%%(org-diary)
20226 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20227 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20228 So the example above may also be written as
20230 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20232 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20233 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20234 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20236 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20239 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20240 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20241 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20243 \(fn)" t nil)
20245 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20246 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20247 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20248 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20252 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20253 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20254 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20256 \(fn)" t nil)
20258 ;;;***
20260 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20261 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20262 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20263 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20266 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20267 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20268 emacs --batch
20269 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20270 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20271 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20273 \(fn)" nil nil)
20275 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20276 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20277 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20281 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20282 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20283 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20284 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20285 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20286 then use this command to convert it.
20288 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20290 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20291 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20292 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20293 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20294 cut-and-paste operations.
20295 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20296 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20297 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20298 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20300 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20302 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20303 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20305 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20307 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20308 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20310 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20312 ;;;***
20314 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20315 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18308
20316 ;;;;;; 19808))
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20319 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20320 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20322 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20324 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20325 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20326 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20328 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20331 Publish the current file.
20332 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20334 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20336 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20337 Publish all projects.
20338 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20340 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20342 ;;;***
20344 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20345 ;;;;;; (18307 57856))
20346 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20347 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20349 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20350 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20351 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20352 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20354 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20355 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20356 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20357 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20359 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20360 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20361 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20362 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20363 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20364 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20366 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20367 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20368 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20370 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20371 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20372 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20373 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20374 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20375 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20376 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20377 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20378 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20379 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20380 The subheadings remain visible.
20381 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20383 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20384 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20385 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20387 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20388 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20390 \(fn)" t nil)
20392 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20393 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20394 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20395 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20399 ;;;***
20401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18307
20402 ;;;;;; 57874))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20404 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20405 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20406 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20407 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20408 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20409 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20410 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20411 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20412 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20414 ;;;***
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18307 57856))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20419 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20420 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20421 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20424 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20426 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20428 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20429 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20430 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20431 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20433 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20434 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20438 ;;;***
20440 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20441 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20444 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20445 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20446 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20447 unknown are returned as nil.
20449 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20451 ;;;***
20453 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18307
20454 ;;;;;; 57871))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20457 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20458 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20459 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20461 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20462 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20464 Other useful functions are:
20466 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20467 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20468 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20469 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20470 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20471 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20472 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20473 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20474 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20476 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20478 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20479 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20480 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20481 Indentation for case statements.
20482 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20483 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20484 mark after an end.
20485 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20486 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20487 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20488 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20489 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20490 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20491 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20492 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20493 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20494 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20496 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20497 pascal-separator-keywords.
20499 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20500 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20502 \(fn)" t nil)
20504 ;;;***
20506 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20507 ;;;;;; (18307 57862))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20510 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20511 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20512 The keys affected are:
20513 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20514 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20515 M-Backspace does undo.
20516 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20517 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20518 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20520 \(fn)" t nil)
20522 ;;;***
20524 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20525 ;;;;;; (18307 57862))
20526 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20528 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20529 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20530 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20533 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20535 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20537 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20538 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20540 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20542 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20543 which modify the status of the mark.
20545 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20546 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20548 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20549 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20551 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20552 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20553 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20554 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20555 turning PC Selection mode on.
20557 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20558 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20560 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20561 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20562 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20564 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20565 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20566 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20568 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20569 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20571 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20572 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20573 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20575 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20576 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20577 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20579 F6 other-window
20580 DELETE delete-char
20581 C-DELETE kill-line
20582 M-DELETE kill-word
20583 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20584 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20585 M-BACKSPACE undo
20587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20589 ;;;***
20591 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18307
20592 ;;;;;; 57856))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20596 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600 ;;;***
20602 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20603 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18307 57856))
20604 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20607 Completion for `gzip'.
20609 \(fn)" nil nil)
20611 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20612 Completion for `bzip2'.
20614 \(fn)" nil nil)
20616 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20617 Completion for GNU `make'.
20619 \(fn)" nil nil)
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20622 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20628 ;;;***
20630 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20631 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18307 57856))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20634 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20635 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20637 \(fn)" nil nil)
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20640 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20642 \(fn)" nil nil)
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20645 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20647 \(fn)" nil nil)
20649 ;;;***
20651 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18307
20652 ;;;;;; 57856))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20655 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20656 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20657 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20658 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20659 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20660 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20662 \(fn)" nil nil)
20664 ;;;***
20666 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20667 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20668 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18307 57856))
20669 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20672 Completion for `cd'.
20674 \(fn)" nil nil)
20676 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20678 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20679 Completion for `rmdir'.
20681 \(fn)" nil nil)
20683 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20684 Completion for `rm'.
20686 \(fn)" nil nil)
20688 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20689 Completion for `xargs'.
20691 \(fn)" nil nil)
20693 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20695 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20696 Completion for `which'.
20698 \(fn)" nil nil)
20700 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20701 Completion for the `chown' command.
20703 \(fn)" nil nil)
20705 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20706 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20708 \(fn)" nil nil)
20710 ;;;***
20712 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20713 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20714 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18307
20715 ;;;;;; 57856))
20716 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20718 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20719 Support extensible programmable completion.
20720 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20721 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20723 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20725 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20726 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20728 \(fn)" t nil)
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20731 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20732 This will modify the current buffer.
20734 \(fn)" t nil)
20736 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20737 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20741 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20742 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20743 This will modify the current buffer.
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20748 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20750 \(fn)" t nil)
20752 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20753 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20755 \(fn)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20758 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20759 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20760 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20761 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20763 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20765 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20766 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20768 \(fn)" nil nil)
20770 ;;;***
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20773 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20774 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18317 49783))
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20777 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20778 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20779 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20780 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20782 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20784 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20786 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20787 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20788 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20789 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20790 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20791 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20792 FLAGS is ignored.
20794 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20796 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20797 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20798 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20799 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20800 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20801 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20802 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20803 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20805 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20807 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20808 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20809 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20810 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20811 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20812 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20813 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20814 passed to cvs.
20816 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20818 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20819 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20820 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20821 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20822 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20823 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20824 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20826 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20828 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20830 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20831 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20832 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20834 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20836 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20837 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20838 A value of nil means never do it.
20839 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20840 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20841 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20843 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20845 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20846 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20847 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20849 ;;;***
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18307 57856))
20852 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20854 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20856 ;;;***
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20859 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20861 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20862 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20863 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20864 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20865 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20866 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20868 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20869 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20870 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20871 Tab indents for Perl code.
20872 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20873 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20874 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20875 \\{perl-mode-map}
20876 Variables controlling indentation style:
20877 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20878 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20879 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20880 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20881 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20882 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20883 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20884 `perl-nochange'
20885 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20886 `perl-indent-level'
20887 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20888 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20889 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20890 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20891 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20892 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20893 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20894 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20895 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20896 `perl-brace-offset'
20897 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20898 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20899 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20900 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20901 `perl-label-offset'
20902 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20903 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20904 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20906 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20907 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20908 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20909 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20910 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20911 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20912 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20914 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20916 \(fn)" t nil)
20918 ;;;***
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20921 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20922 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20923 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18307 57857))
20924 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20926 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20927 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20929 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20931 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20932 passphrase cache or user.
20934 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20936 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20937 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20939 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20940 cache or user.
20942 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20944 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20945 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20947 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20948 the region.
20950 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20951 passphrase cache or user.
20953 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20955 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20956 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20958 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20960 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20961 the region.
20963 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20964 passphrase cache or user.
20966 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20968 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20969 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20971 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20972 passphrase cache or user.
20974 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20976 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20977 Decrypt the current buffer.
20979 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20980 the region.
20982 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20983 passphrase cache or user.
20985 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20987 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20988 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20990 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20991 a detached signature.
20993 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20994 and the output is displayed.
20996 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20997 passphrase cache or user.
20999 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21002 Sign the current buffer.
21004 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21005 detached signature.
21007 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21008 within the region.
21010 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21011 and the output is displayed.
21013 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21014 passphrase cache or user.
21016 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21018 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21019 Verify the current region between START and END.
21020 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21021 the detached signature of the current region.
21023 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21024 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21026 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21029 Verify the current buffer.
21030 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21031 the detached signature of the current region.
21032 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21033 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21034 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21035 within the region.
21037 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21040 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21042 \(fn)" t nil)
21044 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21045 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21047 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21050 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21052 \(fn)" t nil)
21054 ;;;***
21056 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21057 ;;;;;; (18307 57857))
21058 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21060 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21061 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21063 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21065 ;;;***
21067 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21068 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21071 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21072 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21073 \\<picture-mode-map>
21074 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21075 afterwards settable by these commands:
21077 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21078 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21079 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21080 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21082 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21083 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21084 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21085 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21087 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21088 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21089 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21090 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21092 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21093 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21094 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21095 with these commands:
21097 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21098 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21099 Move to column following last
21100 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21101 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21102 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21103 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21104 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21105 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21107 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21109 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21110 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21111 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21112 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21113 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21114 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21116 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21117 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21118 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21119 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21120 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21121 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21122 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21124 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21125 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21126 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21127 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21128 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21129 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21130 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21131 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21133 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21134 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21135 by supplying an argument.
21137 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21139 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21140 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21142 \(fn)" t nil)
21144 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21146 ;;;***
21148 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21149 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21152 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21153 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21154 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21156 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21158 ;;;***
21160 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18307 57870))
21161 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21163 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21164 Play pong and waste time.
21165 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21166 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21168 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21170 \\{pong-mode-map}
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21174 ;;;***
21176 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
21177 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18307 57861))
21178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21180 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21181 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21182 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21183 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21185 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21187 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21188 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21190 \(fn)" nil nil)
21192 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21193 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21194 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21195 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21196 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21198 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21200 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21201 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21202 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21204 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21207 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21208 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21209 Ignores leading comment characters.
21211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21213 ;;;***
21215 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21216 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21217 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21218 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21219 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21220 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21221 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21222 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21223 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21224 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21225 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21226 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21227 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21228 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21229 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21230 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21231 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21232 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21233 ;;;;;; (18307 57857))
21234 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21236 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21237 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21239 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21241 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21243 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21245 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21246 Preview directory using ghostview.
21248 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21249 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21250 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21251 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21253 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21254 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21255 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21256 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21257 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21258 file name.
21260 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21262 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21267 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21268 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21269 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21270 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21272 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21273 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21274 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21275 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21276 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21277 file name.
21279 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21281 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21284 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21286 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21287 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21288 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21289 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21291 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21292 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21293 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21294 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21295 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21296 file name.
21298 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21300 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21302 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21303 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21305 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21307 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21308 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21309 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21310 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21312 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21313 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21314 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21315 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21316 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21317 file name.
21319 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21321 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21324 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21326 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21327 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21328 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21330 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21331 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21332 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21333 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21335 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21338 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21340 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21341 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21342 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21344 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21345 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21346 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21347 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21349 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21351 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21352 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21354 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21355 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21356 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21358 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21359 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21360 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21361 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21363 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21365 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21366 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21368 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21370 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21371 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21372 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21374 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21375 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21376 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21377 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21379 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21382 Preview region using ghostview.
21384 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21386 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21389 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21391 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21393 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21396 Print region using PostScript printer.
21398 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21400 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21403 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21405 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21407 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21410 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21412 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21414 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21417 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21419 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21421 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21423 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21424 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21426 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21428 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21430 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21431 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21433 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21435 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21438 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21439 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21440 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21442 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21443 matching.
21445 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21446 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21448 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21450 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21453 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21454 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21455 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21459 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21460 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21461 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21462 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21467 Print directory using text printer.
21469 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21470 matching.
21472 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21473 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21475 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21477 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21480 Print buffer using text printer.
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21485 Print region using text printer.
21487 \(fn)" t nil)
21489 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21490 Print major mode using text printer.
21492 \(fn)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21495 Preview spooled PostScript.
21497 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21498 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21499 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21501 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21502 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21503 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21505 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21507 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21508 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21510 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21511 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21512 instead of sending it to the printer.
21514 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21515 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21516 image in a file with that name.
21518 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21521 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21523 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21524 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21525 instead of sending it to the printer.
21527 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21528 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21529 image in a file with that name.
21531 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21534 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21536 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21537 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21538 instead of sending it to the printer.
21540 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21541 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21542 image in a file with that name.
21544 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21547 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21549 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21552 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21554 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21556 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21557 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21559 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21561 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21562 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21564 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21566 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21567 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21569 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21571 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21572 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21574 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21575 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21576 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21577 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21579 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21580 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21581 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21582 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21583 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21584 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21585 file name.
21587 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21589 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21590 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21592 \(fn)" t nil)
21594 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21595 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21597 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21598 right.
21599 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21600 bottom.
21602 \(fn)" t nil)
21604 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21605 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21607 \(fn)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21610 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21612 \(fn)" t nil)
21614 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21615 Toggle printing with faces.
21617 \(fn)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21620 Toggle spooling.
21622 \(fn)" t nil)
21624 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21625 Toggle duplex.
21627 \(fn)" t nil)
21629 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21630 Toggle tumble.
21632 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21633 right.
21634 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21635 bottom.
21637 \(fn)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21640 Toggle landscape.
21642 \(fn)" t nil)
21644 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21645 Toggle upside-down.
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21650 Toggle line number.
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21655 Toggle zebra stripes.
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21659 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21660 Toggle printing header.
21662 \(fn)" t nil)
21664 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21665 Toggle printing header frame.
21667 \(fn)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21670 Toggle menu lock.
21672 \(fn)" t nil)
21674 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21675 Toggle auto region.
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21679 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21680 Toggle auto mode.
21682 \(fn)" t nil)
21684 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21685 Customization of the `printing' group.
21687 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21689 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21690 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21692 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21694 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21695 Help for the printing package.
21697 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21699 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21700 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21705 Interactively select a text printer.
21707 \(fn)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21710 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21715 Show current ps-print settings.
21717 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21720 Show current printing settings.
21722 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21725 Show current lpr settings.
21727 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21730 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21732 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21733 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21734 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21735 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21738 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21740 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21741 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21742 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21744 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21745 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21746 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21747 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21748 current active printer.
21750 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21751 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21752 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21753 printer.
21755 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21756 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21757 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21758 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21759 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21762 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21763 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21765 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21767 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21768 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21769 be done using the new current active printer.
21771 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21772 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21773 printer.
21775 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21776 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21777 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21778 instead of sending it to the printer.
21780 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21781 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21782 printer.
21784 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21787 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21788 are both set to t.
21790 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21792 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21793 Fast fire function for text printing.
21795 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21796 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21797 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21798 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21800 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21801 user for a new active text printer.
21803 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21805 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21807 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21808 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21809 printer.
21811 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21813 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21814 are both set to t.
21816 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21818 ;;;***
21820 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21821 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21824 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21825 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21826 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21827 Commands:
21828 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21829 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21830 if that value is non-nil.
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21834 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21836 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21837 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21838 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21840 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21842 ;;;***
21844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18307 57857))
21845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21847 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21848 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21849 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21851 ;;;***
21853 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18307
21854 ;;;;;; 57871))
21855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21857 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21858 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21860 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21862 The following variables hold user options, and can
21863 be set through the `customize' command:
21865 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21866 `ps-mode-tab'
21867 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21868 `ps-mode-print-function'
21869 `ps-run-prompt'
21870 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21871 `ps-run-x'
21872 `ps-run-dumb'
21873 `ps-run-init'
21874 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21875 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21877 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21880 \\{ps-mode-map}
21883 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21884 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21885 The keymap for this second window is:
21887 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21890 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21891 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21892 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21893 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21894 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21896 \(fn)" t nil)
21898 ;;;***
21900 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21901 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21902 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21903 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21904 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21905 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18309
21906 ;;;;;; 34405))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21909 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21910 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21911 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21913 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21915 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21916 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21917 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21918 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21920 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21922 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21923 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21925 Valid values are:
21927 nil Do not print colors.
21929 t Print colors.
21931 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21932 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21934 Any other value is treated as t.")
21936 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21938 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21939 Customization of ps-print group.
21941 \(fn)" t nil)
21943 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21944 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21946 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21947 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21948 sending it to the printer.
21950 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21951 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21952 image in a file with that name.
21954 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21956 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21957 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21958 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21959 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21960 so it has a way to determine color values.
21962 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21964 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21965 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21966 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21968 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21970 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21971 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21972 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21973 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21974 so it has a way to determine color values.
21976 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21978 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21979 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21980 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21981 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21983 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21987 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21988 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21989 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21990 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21991 so it has a way to determine color values.
21993 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21995 \(fn)" t nil)
21997 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21998 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21999 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22001 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22003 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22005 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22006 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22007 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22008 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22009 so it has a way to determine color values.
22011 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22013 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22015 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22016 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22018 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22019 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22020 instead of sending it to the printer.
22022 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22023 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22024 image in a file with that name.
22026 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22028 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22029 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22030 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22031 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22032 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22034 \(fn)" t nil)
22036 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22037 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22038 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22040 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22042 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22043 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22044 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22046 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22048 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22049 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22051 \(fn)" nil nil)
22053 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22054 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22056 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22057 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22059 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22060 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22062 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22064 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22066 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22068 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22069 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22071 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22072 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22074 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22075 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22077 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22079 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22081 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22083 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22084 foreground and background colors respectively.
22086 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22087 bold - use bold font.
22088 italic - use italic font.
22089 underline - put a line under text.
22090 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22091 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22092 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22093 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22094 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22096 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22098 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22100 ;;;***
22102 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
22103 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
22104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22106 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22108 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22110 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22112 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22113 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22114 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22115 buffer automatically.
22117 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22118 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22119 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22120 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22121 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22122 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22123 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22125 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22126 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22127 buffer for a list of commands.)
22129 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22131 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22132 Major mode for editing Python files.
22133 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
22134 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22135 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22136 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22138 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22139 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22140 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22141 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22142 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22143 \\<python-mode-map>
22144 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22145 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22146 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22147 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22148 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22149 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22151 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22152 effect outside them.
22154 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22155 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22156 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22157 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22158 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22159 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22160 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22161 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22162 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22164 \\{python-mode-map}
22166 \(fn)" t nil)
22168 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22169 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22170 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22171 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22173 \(fn)" t nil)
22175 ;;;***
22177 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22178 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22181 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22182 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22183 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22184 coding-system.
22186 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22187 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22189 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22190 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22191 them into characters should be done separately.
22193 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22195 ;;;***
22197 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22198 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22199 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22200 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22201 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18307 57867))
22202 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22204 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22205 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22207 \(fn)" nil nil)
22209 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22210 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22211 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22213 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22214 `quail-activate', which see.
22216 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22218 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22219 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22220 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22221 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22222 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22223 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22224 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22226 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22227 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22228 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22229 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22230 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22231 shown.
22232 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22234 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22235 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22236 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22237 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22238 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22239 list of candidates.
22241 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22242 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22243 command to be called.
22245 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22246 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22247 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22248 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22250 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22251 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22252 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22253 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22254 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22255 to t.
22257 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22258 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22259 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22260 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22262 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22263 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22264 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22265 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22267 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22268 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22269 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22270 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22271 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22272 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22274 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22275 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22276 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22277 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22278 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22279 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22281 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22282 covers Quail translation region.
22284 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22285 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22286 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22287 for it) is inserted.
22289 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22290 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22291 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22293 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22294 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22295 non-Quail commands.
22297 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22299 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22300 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22302 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22303 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22304 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22305 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22306 you type is correctly handled.
22308 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22310 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22311 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22313 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22314 keyboard type.
22316 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22318 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22319 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22320 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22321 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22322 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22323 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22324 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22325 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22326 for the translation.
22327 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22329 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22330 it is used to handle KEY.
22332 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22333 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22334 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22335 the following annotation types are supported.
22337 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22338 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22340 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22341 candidate list.
22343 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22344 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22345 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22346 inserted.
22348 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22349 generated for the following translations.
22351 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22353 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22354 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22356 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22357 which to install MAP.
22359 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22361 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22363 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22364 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22366 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22367 which to install MAP.
22369 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22371 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22373 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22374 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22375 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22376 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22377 a function, or a cons.
22378 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22379 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22380 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22381 for the translation.
22382 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22383 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22384 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22385 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22386 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22388 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22389 it is used to handle KEY.
22391 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22392 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22393 current Quail package.
22395 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22396 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22398 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22400 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22401 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22403 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22404 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22406 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22408 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22409 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22411 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22413 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22414 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22415 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22416 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22417 of the Emacs source tree.
22419 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22420 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22422 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22423 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22424 of each directory.
22426 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22428 ;;;***
22430 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22431 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22432 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18307
22433 ;;;;;; 57870))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22436 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22437 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22438 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22439 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22441 To make use of this do something like:
22443 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22445 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22447 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22448 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22450 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22451 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22452 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22454 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22456 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22457 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22459 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22461 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22462 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22464 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22465 is decided.
22467 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22469 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22470 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22472 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22473 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22474 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22476 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22478 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22479 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22481 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22483 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22484 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22486 \(fn)" t nil)
22488 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22489 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22491 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22493 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22495 \(fn)" t nil)
22497 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22498 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22500 \(fn)" t nil)
22502 ;;;***
22504 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22505 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18307 57870))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22508 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22509 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22511 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22513 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22517 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22519 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22520 Not documented
22522 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22524 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22525 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22526 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22529 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22531 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22533 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22534 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22538 ;;;***
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18307
22541 ;;;;;; 57870))
22542 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22544 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22545 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22546 See \\[compile].
22548 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22550 ;;;***
22552 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22553 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22556 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22558 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22559 Construct a regexp interactively.
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22563 ;;;***
22565 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18307 57858))
22566 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22568 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22569 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22570 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22573 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22575 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22577 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22578 Toggle recentf mode.
22579 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22580 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22582 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22583 that were operated on recently.
22585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22587 ;;;***
22589 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22590 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22591 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22592 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18307
22593 ;;;;;; 57858))
22594 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22596 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22597 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22598 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22599 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22601 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22603 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22605 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22606 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22607 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22608 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22609 ends.
22611 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22612 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22613 to be deleted.
22615 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22617 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22618 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22619 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22621 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22622 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22623 deleted.
22625 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22627 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22628 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22629 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22631 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22633 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22634 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22636 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22637 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22639 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22640 deleted.
22642 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22643 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22644 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22645 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22646 even beep.)
22648 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22650 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22651 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22653 \(fn)" t nil)
22655 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22656 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22657 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22658 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22659 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22660 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22661 and point is at the lower right corner.
22663 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22665 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22666 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22668 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22669 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22671 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22672 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22673 on the right side of the rectangle.
22675 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22677 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22679 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22680 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22681 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22682 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22683 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22685 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22686 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22688 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22690 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22691 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22692 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22694 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22696 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22698 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22700 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22701 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22703 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22704 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22705 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22707 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22709 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22710 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22711 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22713 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22714 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22715 rectangle which were empty.
22717 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22719 ;;;***
22721 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18307
22722 ;;;;;; 57874))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22725 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22726 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22727 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22729 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22730 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22731 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22735 ;;;***
22737 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22738 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18307 57874))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22741 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22742 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22744 \(fn)" nil nil)
22746 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22747 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22749 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22750 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22752 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22753 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22754 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22755 \\ref macro.
22757 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22758 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22759 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22761 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22762 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22763 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22765 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22766 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22768 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22769 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22771 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22772 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22773 on the menu bar.
22775 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22780 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22781 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22783 \(fn)" nil nil)
22785 ;;;***
22787 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22788 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
22789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22791 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22792 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22793 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22794 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22795 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22796 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22798 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22800 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22802 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22803 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22804 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22805 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22806 `reftex-cite-format'.
22808 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22809 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22810 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22811 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22813 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22815 ;;;***
22817 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22818 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
22819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22821 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22822 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22823 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22824 the current TeX document.
22826 With no argument, this command toggles
22827 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22828 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22832 ;;;***
22834 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22835 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22838 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22839 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22840 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22842 To insert new phrases, use
22843 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22844 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22846 To index phrases use one of:
22848 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22849 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22850 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22851 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22852 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22854 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22855 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22857 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22859 Here are all local bindings.
22861 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22863 \(fn)" t nil)
22865 ;;;***
22867 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22868 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22871 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22872 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22873 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22874 of master file.
22876 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22878 ;;;***
22880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18307
22881 ;;;;;; 57874))
22882 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22883 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22884 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22885 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22886 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22888 ;;;***
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22891 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
22892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22894 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22895 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22896 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22897 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22898 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22899 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22901 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22902 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22904 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22905 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22907 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22909 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22910 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22911 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22912 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22914 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22916 ;;;***
22918 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22919 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22920 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
22921 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22923 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22924 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22925 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22926 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22928 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22930 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22932 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22933 Call `remember' in another frame.
22935 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22937 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22938 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22939 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22940 application.
22942 \(fn)" t nil)
22944 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22945 Extract diary entries from the region.
22947 \(fn)" nil nil)
22949 ;;;***
22951 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18307 57859))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22954 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22955 Repeat most recently executed command.
22956 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22957 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22958 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22960 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22961 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22962 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22963 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22965 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22966 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22967 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22969 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22971 ;;;***
22973 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22974 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
22975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22977 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22978 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22980 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22981 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22982 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22983 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22984 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22985 and point is left after the salutation.
22987 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22988 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22989 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22990 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22991 left after that text.
22993 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22994 is non-nil.
22996 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22997 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22998 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22999 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23001 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23003 ;;;***
23005 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23006 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23009 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23010 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23011 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23012 visibility of comments that precede it.
23013 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23014 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23015 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23016 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23017 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23018 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23019 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23020 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23021 the comment lines.
23022 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23023 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23024 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23025 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23026 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23030 ;;;***
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18307
23033 ;;;;;; 57859))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
23036 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
23037 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
23039 \(fn)" nil nil)
23041 ;;;***
23043 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23044 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
23045 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23047 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23048 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23049 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23051 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23052 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23053 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23057 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23058 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23059 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23062 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23064 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23066 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23067 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23068 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23070 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23071 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23072 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23076 ;;;***
23078 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23079 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23082 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23083 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23085 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23087 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23088 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23090 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23092 ;;;***
23094 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18307 57870))
23095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23096 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23098 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23099 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23100 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23101 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23103 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23105 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23106 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23107 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23108 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23110 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23111 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23113 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23114 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23116 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23117 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23118 INPUT-ARGS.
23120 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23121 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23122 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23123 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23124 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23126 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23127 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23128 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23129 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23131 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23132 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23133 variable.
23135 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23137 ;;;***
23139 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23140 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23141 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23142 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23143 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
23144 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23145 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18314
23146 ;;;;;; 32066))
23147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23149 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23150 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23151 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23153 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23155 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23156 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23157 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23158 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23160 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23162 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23163 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23164 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23165 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23166 value is the user's email address and name.)
23167 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23169 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23170 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23171 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23172 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23173 which normally happens once for each message,
23174 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23175 To make a change in this variable take effect
23176 for a message that you have already viewed,
23177 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23179 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23181 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23182 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23183 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23184 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23186 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23188 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23189 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23191 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23193 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23194 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23195 A value of nil means don't highlight.
23196 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
23198 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23200 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
23201 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
23203 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
23205 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23206 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23208 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23210 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23211 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23212 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23213 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23214 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23216 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23218 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23219 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23220 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23221 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23223 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23225 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23226 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23228 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23230 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23231 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23233 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23235 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23236 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23238 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23240 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23241 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23243 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23244 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23246 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23247 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23249 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23251 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23252 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23254 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23255 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23256 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23257 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23259 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23260 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23262 This is set to nil by default.")
23264 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23265 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23266 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23267 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23268 until a user explicitly requires it.
23270 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23271 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23272 in your session.")
23274 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23276 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23277 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23278 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23279 It is called with no argument.")
23281 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23282 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23283 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23284 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23285 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23286 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23287 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23289 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23290 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23291 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23292 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23293 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23294 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23296 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23297 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23298 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23299 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23300 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23302 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23303 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23304 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23305 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23306 MSG is the message number,
23307 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23308 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23310 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23311 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23312 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23313 this feature is required with `require'.
23315 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23316 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23318 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23319 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23320 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23321 the message is decoded as normal way.
23323 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23324 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23325 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23327 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23328 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23329 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23331 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23332 Read and edit incoming mail.
23333 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23334 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23335 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23337 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23338 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23339 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23340 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23342 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23344 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23346 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23347 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23348 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23349 Instead, these commands are available:
23351 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23352 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23353 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23354 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23355 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23356 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23357 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23358 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23359 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23360 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23361 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23362 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23363 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23364 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23365 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23366 till a deleted message is found.
23367 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23368 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23369 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23370 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23371 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23372 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23373 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23374 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23375 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23376 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23377 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23378 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23379 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23380 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23381 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23382 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23383 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23384 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23385 (label defaults to last one specified).
23386 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23387 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23388 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23389 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23390 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23391 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23392 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23393 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23394 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23396 \(fn)" t nil)
23398 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23399 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23401 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23403 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23404 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23406 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23408 ;;;***
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23411 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23414 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23415 Edit the contents of this message.
23417 \(fn)" t nil)
23419 ;;;***
23421 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23422 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23423 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18307 57869))
23424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23426 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23427 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23428 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23430 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23432 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23433 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23434 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23436 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23438 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23439 Not documented
23441 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23443 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23444 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23445 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23446 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23447 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23449 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23451 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23452 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23453 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23454 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23455 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23457 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23459 ;;;***
23461 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23462 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
23463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23465 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23466 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23467 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23468 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23470 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23472 ;;;***
23474 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23475 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23476 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18307 57869))
23477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23479 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23480 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23481 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23482 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23483 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23484 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23485 a file name as a string.")
23487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23489 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23490 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23491 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23492 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23493 buffer visiting that file.
23494 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23495 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23497 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23498 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23500 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23501 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23503 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23504 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23506 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23508 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23509 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23511 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23513 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23514 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23515 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23516 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23517 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23519 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23520 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23521 will be appended with their original headers.
23523 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23524 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23526 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23527 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23529 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23531 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23533 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23534 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23535 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23537 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23539 ;;;***
23541 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23542 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23543 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18307
23544 ;;;;;; 57869))
23545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23547 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23548 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23549 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23551 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23553 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23554 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23555 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23557 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23559 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23560 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23561 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23563 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23565 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23566 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23567 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23569 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23571 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23572 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23573 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23575 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23577 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23578 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23579 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23581 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23583 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23584 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23585 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23586 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23588 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23590 ;;;***
23592 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23593 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23594 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23595 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23596 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18307 57869))
23597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23599 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23600 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23602 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23604 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23605 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23607 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23609 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23610 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23612 \(fn)" t nil)
23614 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23615 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23616 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23618 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23620 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23621 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23622 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23623 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23624 only look in the To and From fields.
23625 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23627 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23629 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23630 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23631 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23632 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23633 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23635 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23637 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23638 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23639 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23640 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23641 look in the whole message.
23642 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23644 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23646 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23647 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23648 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23650 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23652 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23653 *Function to decode summary-line.
23655 By default, `identity' is set.")
23657 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23659 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23660 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23661 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23662 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23663 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23664 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23665 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23667 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23668 sent by you under different user names.
23669 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23671 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23673 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23675 ;;;***
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23681 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23682 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23683 Return a pattern.
23685 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23687 ;;;***
23689 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23690 ;;;;;; (18312 40673))
23691 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23693 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23694 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23695 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23696 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23698 \(fn)" t nil)
23700 ;;;***
23702 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23703 ;;;;;; (18308 19808))
23704 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23706 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23707 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23709 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23710 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23711 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23712 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23713 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23714 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23715 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23716 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23717 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23718 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23720 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23721 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23722 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23723 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23724 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23725 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23726 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23727 to use for finding the schema.
23729 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23731 ;;;***
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18308
23734 ;;;;;; 19808))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23737 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23739 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23740 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23741 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23742 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23743 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23744 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23745 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23746 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23747 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23748 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23749 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23750 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23751 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23752 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23753 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23754 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23756 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23758 ;;;***
23760 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23761 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18307 57859))
23762 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23764 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23765 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23767 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23769 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23770 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23772 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23774 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23775 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23779 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23780 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23781 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23783 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23784 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23785 in ROT13.
23787 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23789 \(fn)" t nil)
23791 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23792 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23796 ;;;***
23798 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18307
23799 ;;;;;; 57859))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23802 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23803 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23807 ;;;***
23809 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18307
23810 ;;;;;; 57861))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23813 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23814 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23815 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23816 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23818 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23820 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23821 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23822 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23823 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23825 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23826 notation.
23828 STRING
23829 matches string STRING literally.
23831 CHAR
23832 matches character CHAR literally.
23834 `not-newline', `nonl'
23835 matches any character except a newline.
23837 `anything'
23838 matches any character
23840 `(any SET ...)'
23841 `(in SET ...)'
23842 `(char SET ...)'
23843 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23844 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23845 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23847 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23848 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23849 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23850 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23852 `(not (any SET ...))'
23853 matches any character not in SET ...
23855 `line-start', `bol'
23856 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23857 in the text being matched
23859 `line-end', `eol'
23860 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23862 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23863 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23864 string being matched against.
23866 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23867 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23868 string being matched against.
23870 `buffer-start'
23871 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23872 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23874 `buffer-end'
23875 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23876 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23878 `point'
23879 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23881 `word-start', `bow'
23882 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23884 `word-end', `eow'
23885 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23887 `word-boundary'
23888 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23889 word.
23891 `(not word-boundary)'
23892 `not-word-boundary'
23893 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23894 word.
23896 `symbol-start'
23897 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23899 `symbol-end'
23900 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23902 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23903 matches 0 through 9.
23905 `control', `cntrl'
23906 matches ASCII control characters.
23908 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23909 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23911 `blank'
23912 matches space and tab only.
23914 `graphic', `graph'
23915 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23916 space, and DEL.
23918 `printing', `print'
23919 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23920 and DEL.
23922 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23923 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23924 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23926 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23927 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23928 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23930 `ascii'
23931 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23933 `nonascii'
23934 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23936 `lower', `lower-case'
23937 matches anything lower-case.
23939 `upper', `upper-case'
23940 matches anything upper-case.
23942 `punctuation', `punct'
23943 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23944 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23946 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23947 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23949 `word', `wordchar'
23950 matches anything that has word syntax.
23952 `not-wordchar'
23953 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23955 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23956 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23957 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23958 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23960 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23961 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23962 `word' (\\sw)
23963 `symbol' (\\s_)
23964 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23965 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23966 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23967 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23968 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23969 `escape' (\\s\\)
23970 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23971 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23972 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23973 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23974 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23976 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23977 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23979 `(category CATEGORY)'
23980 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23981 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23983 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23984 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23985 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23986 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23987 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23988 `symbol' (\\c5)
23989 `digit' (\\c6)
23990 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23991 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23992 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23993 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23994 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23995 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23996 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23997 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23998 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23999 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24000 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24001 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24002 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24003 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24004 `ascii' (\\ca)
24005 `arabic' (\\cb)
24006 `chinese' (\\cc)
24007 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24008 `greek' (\\cg)
24009 `korean' (\\ch)
24010 `indian' (\\ci)
24011 `japanese' (\\cj)
24012 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24013 `latin' (\\cl)
24014 `lao' (\\co)
24015 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24016 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24017 `thai' (\\ct)
24018 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24019 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24020 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24021 `can-break' (\\c|)
24023 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24024 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24026 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24027 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24028 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24029 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24030 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24032 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24033 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24034 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24035 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24037 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24038 another name for `submatch'.
24040 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24041 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24042 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24043 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24044 regular expression.
24046 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24047 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24048 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24049 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24050 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24052 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24053 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24055 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24056 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24058 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24059 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24060 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24062 `(* SEXP ...)'
24063 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24064 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24066 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24067 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24068 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24070 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24071 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24072 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24074 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24075 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24077 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24078 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24080 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24081 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24082 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24083 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24085 `(? SEXP ...)'
24086 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24088 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24089 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24091 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24092 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24093 matches N occurrences.
24095 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24096 matches N or more occurrences.
24098 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24099 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24100 matches N to M occurrences.
24102 `(backref N)'
24103 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24105 `(backref N)'
24106 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24108 `(backref N)'
24109 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24111 `(eval FORM)'
24112 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24113 `regexp-quote' it.
24115 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24116 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24118 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24120 ;;;***
24122 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24123 ;;;;;; (18301 36271))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24126 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24127 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24128 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24129 interface.")
24131 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24133 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24134 Toggle savehist-mode.
24135 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24136 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24137 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24138 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24140 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24141 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24142 which is probably undesirable.
24144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24146 ;;;***
24148 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24149 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
24150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24152 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24153 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24154 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24156 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24157 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24158 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24159 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24160 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24161 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24162 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24163 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24165 Commands:
24166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24167 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24168 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24169 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24170 if that value is non-nil.
24172 \(fn)" t nil)
24174 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24175 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24176 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24178 Commands:
24179 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24180 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24181 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24182 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24183 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24184 that variable's value is a string.
24186 \(fn)" t nil)
24188 ;;;***
24190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24191 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
24192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24194 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24195 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24196 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24198 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24202 ;;;***
24204 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24205 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24208 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24209 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24210 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24213 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24215 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24217 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24218 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24219 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24220 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24221 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24225 ;;;***
24227 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24228 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
24229 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24231 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24232 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24233 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24234 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24235 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24236 during scrolling.
24238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24240 ;;;***
24242 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24243 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24244 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24245 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24246 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24247 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24248 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24249 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24250 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18307 57869))
24251 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24253 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24254 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24256 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24257 king@grassland.com
24258 If `parens', they look like:
24259 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24260 If `angles', they look like:
24261 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24262 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24263 derived from the envelope-from address.
24265 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24266 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24267 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24268 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24270 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24272 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24273 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24274 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24275 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24277 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24278 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24279 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24280 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24282 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24284 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24285 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24286 This is done when the message is initialized,
24287 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24289 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24291 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24292 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24293 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24295 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24297 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24299 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24300 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24301 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24302 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24303 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24304 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24305 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24307 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24309 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24310 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24312 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24314 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24315 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24316 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24318 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24320 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24321 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24322 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24323 when you first send mail.")
24325 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24327 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24328 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24329 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24330 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24331 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24333 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24335 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24336 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24337 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24338 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24339 This file need not actually exist.")
24341 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24343 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24344 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24345 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24347 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24349 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24350 Alist of mail address aliases,
24351 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24352 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24353 can specify a different file name.)
24354 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24355 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24357 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24358 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24359 nil means use indentation.")
24361 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24363 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24364 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24365 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24367 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24369 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24370 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24371 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24372 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24373 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24374 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24375 in the cited portion of the message.
24377 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24378 instead of no action.")
24380 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24382 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24383 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24384 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24385 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24386 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24388 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24390 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24391 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24392 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24393 If a string, that string is inserted.
24394 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24395 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24396 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24397 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24399 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24401 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24402 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24404 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24406 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24407 Directory for mail buffers.
24408 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24409 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24411 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24413 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24414 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24415 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24416 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24418 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24420 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24421 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24422 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24423 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24424 is non-nil.")
24426 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24428 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24429 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24430 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24431 `query' means ask the user each time.
24432 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24433 The default is `mime'.
24434 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24435 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24437 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24439 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24440 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24441 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24443 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24444 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24446 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24447 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24448 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24449 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24450 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24451 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24452 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24453 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24454 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24455 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24456 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24457 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24458 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24460 \(fn)" t nil)
24462 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24463 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24465 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24466 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24468 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24470 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24471 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24472 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24473 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24474 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24475 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24477 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24478 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24479 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24481 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24482 User should not set this variable manually,
24483 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24484 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24485 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24486 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24488 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24489 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24490 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24491 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24493 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24494 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24496 \\<mail-mode-map>
24497 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24499 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24500 to move to message header fields:
24501 \\{mail-mode-map}
24503 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24504 when the message is initialized.
24506 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24507 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24509 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24510 is inserted.
24512 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24513 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24515 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24516 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24517 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24518 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24519 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24520 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24521 buffer without erasing the contents.
24523 The second through fifth arguments,
24524 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24525 the initial contents of those header fields.
24526 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24527 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24528 original message being replied to, or else an action
24529 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24530 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24531 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24532 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24533 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24534 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24536 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24538 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24539 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24541 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24543 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24544 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24546 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24548 ;;;***
24550 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24551 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18301 36271))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24554 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24555 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24556 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24557 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24558 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24559 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24561 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24562 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24564 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24566 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24567 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24568 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24571 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24573 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24575 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24576 Toggle Server mode.
24577 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24578 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24579 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24583 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24584 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24586 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24588 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24589 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24591 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24593 ;;;***
24595 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18307 57859))
24596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24598 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24599 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24600 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24602 Key definitions:
24603 \\{ses-mode-map}
24604 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24605 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24606 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24607 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24611 ;;;***
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24614 ;;;;;; (18309 34405))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24617 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24618 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24619 Makes > match <.
24620 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24621 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24623 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24624 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24625 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24627 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24628 in your `.emacs' file.
24630 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24632 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24633 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24634 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24636 \(fn)" t nil)
24638 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24640 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24641 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24642 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24643 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24644 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24645 which this is based.
24647 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24649 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24650 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24651 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24652 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24654 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24655 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24656 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24658 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24659 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24660 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24661 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24663 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24664 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24665 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24666 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24668 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24670 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24671 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24672 To work around that, do:
24673 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24675 \\{html-mode-map}
24677 \(fn)" t nil)
24679 ;;;***
24681 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24682 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
24683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24684 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24686 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24687 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24688 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24689 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24690 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24691 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24693 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24694 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24695 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24696 shell-specific features.
24698 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24699 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24700 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24701 \\<sh-mode-map>
24702 \\[sh-case] case statement
24703 \\[sh-for] for loop
24704 \\[sh-function] function definition
24705 \\[sh-if] if statement
24706 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24707 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24708 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24709 \\[sh-select] select loop
24710 \\[sh-until] until loop
24711 \\[sh-while] while loop
24713 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24714 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24715 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24716 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24717 would indent to the way it currently is.
24718 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24719 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24722 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24723 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24724 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24725 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24726 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24727 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24729 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24730 {, (, [, ', \", `
24731 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24733 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24734 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24735 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24737 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24738 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24740 \(fn)" t nil)
24742 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24744 ;;;***
24746 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18307 57859))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24749 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24750 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24751 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24752 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24753 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24754 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24756 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24758 ;;;***
24760 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24761 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
24762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24764 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24765 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24767 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24768 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24769 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24770 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24771 the earlier.
24773 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24775 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24777 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24778 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24779 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24781 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24782 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24784 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24785 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24786 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24787 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24788 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24789 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24790 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24791 Emacs version).
24793 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24794 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24795 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24796 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24797 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24799 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24800 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24801 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24803 \(fn)" t nil)
24805 ;;;***
24807 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24808 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18307
24809 ;;;;;; 57859))
24810 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24812 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24813 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24814 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24815 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24816 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24817 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24818 sites in the cluster.
24820 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24822 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24823 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24824 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24825 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24826 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24828 \(fn)" t nil)
24830 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24831 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24832 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24833 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24834 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24835 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24836 `shadow-define-cluster').
24838 \(fn)" t nil)
24840 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24841 Set up file shadowing.
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24845 ;;;***
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24848 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24851 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24852 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24853 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24854 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24855 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24856 arguments.")
24858 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24860 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24861 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24862 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24863 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24864 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24866 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24867 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24868 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24869 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24870 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24871 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24872 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24873 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24874 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24875 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24876 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24878 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24879 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24880 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24881 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24882 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24883 `default-process-coding-system'.
24885 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24886 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24887 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24888 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24890 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24893 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24895 ;;;***
24897 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24898 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18307 57866))
24899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24901 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24902 Not documented
24904 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24906 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24907 Not documented
24909 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24911 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24912 Not documented
24914 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24916 ;;;***
24918 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24919 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
24920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24922 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24923 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24924 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24925 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24926 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24928 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24932 ;;;***
24934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18307 57859))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24936 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24938 ;;;***
24940 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18307
24941 ;;;;;; 57871))
24942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24944 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24945 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24946 \\{simula-mode-map}
24947 Variables controlling indentation style:
24948 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24949 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24950 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24951 `simula-indent-level'
24952 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24953 `simula-substatement-offset'
24954 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24955 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24956 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24957 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24958 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24959 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24960 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24961 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24962 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24963 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24964 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24965 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24966 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24967 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24968 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24969 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24970 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24971 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24972 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24973 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24974 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24975 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24976 or nil if they should not be changed.
24977 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24978 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24979 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24980 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24982 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24983 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24985 \(fn)" t nil)
24987 ;;;***
24989 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24990 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18307 57859))
24991 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24993 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24994 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24996 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24997 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24998 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24999 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25001 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25003 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25004 Insert SKELETON.
25005 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25006 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25007 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25008 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25009 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25011 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25012 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25014 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25016 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25017 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25019 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25020 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25021 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25022 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25024 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25025 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25026 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25027 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25029 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25030 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25031 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25033 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25034 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25036 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25037 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25039 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25040 _ interesting point, interregion here
25041 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25042 interesting point set by _
25043 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25044 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25045 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25046 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25047 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25048 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25049 nil skipped
25051 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25052 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25054 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25055 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25056 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25057 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25058 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25059 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25060 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25061 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25063 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25064 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25065 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25066 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25067 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25068 available:
25070 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25071 then: insert previously read string once more
25072 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25073 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25074 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25076 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25077 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25079 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25081 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25082 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25084 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25085 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25086 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25087 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25088 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25089 such as backslash.
25091 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25092 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25093 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25095 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25097 ;;;***
25099 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25100 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18317 49783))
25101 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25103 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25104 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25105 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25106 buffer names.
25108 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25110 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25111 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25112 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25116 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25117 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25118 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25120 \(fn)" nil nil)
25122 ;;;***
25124 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25125 ;;;;;; (18307 57866))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25128 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25129 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25130 A list of images is returned.
25132 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25134 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25135 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25136 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25138 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25140 ;;;***
25142 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25143 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18307 57869))
25144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25146 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25147 Not documented
25149 \(fn)" nil nil)
25151 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25152 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25154 \(fn)" t nil)
25156 ;;;***
25158 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18307 57870))
25159 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25161 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25162 Play the Snake game.
25163 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25165 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25167 Snake mode keybindings:
25168 \\<snake-mode-map>
25169 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25170 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25171 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25172 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25173 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25174 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25175 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25177 \(fn)" t nil)
25179 ;;;***
25181 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25182 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25185 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25186 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25187 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25188 Tab indents for C code.
25189 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25191 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25192 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25193 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25195 \(fn)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25198 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25199 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25200 Tab indents for C code.
25201 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25202 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25203 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25204 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25205 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25207 \(fn)" t nil)
25209 ;;;***
25211 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
25212 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
25213 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18307 57860))
25214 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25216 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
25217 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
25219 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
25220 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
25221 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
25223 For example, the form
25225 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
25226 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
25228 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
25230 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
25232 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
25233 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25235 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25236 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
25237 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
25238 York City.
25240 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25242 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
25244 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
25245 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25247 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25248 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25249 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25250 York City.
25252 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25254 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
25256 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
25257 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25258 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25259 pair.
25261 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25263 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
25265 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25266 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25267 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25269 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25270 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25272 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25276 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
25277 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25278 Requires floating point.
25280 \(fn)" nil nil)
25282 ;;;***
25284 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18307
25285 ;;;;;; 57870))
25286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25288 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25289 Play Solitaire.
25291 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25292 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25293 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25294 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25295 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25296 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25297 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25298 check after each move or undo)
25300 What is Solitaire?
25302 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25303 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25304 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25306 Le Solitaire
25307 ============
25309 o o o
25311 o o o
25313 o o o o o o o
25315 o o o . o o o
25317 o o o o o o o
25319 o o o
25321 o o o
25323 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25324 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25325 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25326 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25328 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25329 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25330 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25331 this: o o .
25333 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25334 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25336 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25338 o o o
25340 . o o
25342 o o . o o o o
25344 o . o o o o o
25346 o o o o o o o
25348 o o o
25350 o o o
25352 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25354 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25358 ;;;***
25360 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25361 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25362 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18307 57859))
25363 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25364 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25366 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25367 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25369 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25370 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25371 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25372 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25373 contiguous.
25375 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25376 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25377 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25378 the sort order.
25380 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25381 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25383 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25384 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25385 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25386 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25387 is called.
25389 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25390 It should move point to the end of the record.
25392 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25393 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25394 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25395 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25396 starts at the beginning of the record.
25398 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25399 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25400 same as ENDRECFUN.
25402 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25403 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25405 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25407 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25408 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25409 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25410 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25411 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25412 the sort order.
25414 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25416 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25417 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25418 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25419 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25420 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25421 the sort order.
25423 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25425 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25426 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25427 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25428 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25429 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25430 the sort order.
25432 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25433 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25435 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25436 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25437 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25438 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25439 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25440 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25441 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25442 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25443 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25445 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25447 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25448 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25449 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25450 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25451 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25452 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25453 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25454 the sort order.
25456 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25458 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25459 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25460 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25461 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25462 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25463 is to be used for sorting.
25464 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25465 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25466 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25467 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25468 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25470 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25472 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25473 the sort order.
25475 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25476 starting with the letter \"f\",
25477 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25479 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25481 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25482 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25483 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25484 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25485 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25486 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25487 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25488 the sort order.
25490 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25491 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25492 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25493 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25494 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25496 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25499 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25500 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25504 ;;;***
25506 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18307
25507 ;;;;;; 57866))
25508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25510 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25511 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25512 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25513 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25514 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25515 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25517 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25519 ;;;***
25521 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25522 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25523 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18307 57866))
25524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25526 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25527 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25529 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25530 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25531 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25533 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25535 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25536 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25537 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25538 server.
25540 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25542 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25543 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25544 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25546 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25548 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25549 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25550 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25551 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25552 Agent is plugged.
25554 \(fn)" t nil)
25556 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25557 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25558 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25559 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25561 \(fn)" t nil)
25563 ;;;***
25565 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25566 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18307 57859))
25567 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25569 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25571 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25572 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25573 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25574 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25575 supported at a time.
25576 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25577 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25582 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25583 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25584 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25586 \(fn)" t nil)
25588 ;;;***
25590 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25591 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18307 57874))
25592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25594 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25596 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25597 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25598 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25599 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25600 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25601 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25603 \(fn)" t nil)
25605 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25606 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25607 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25608 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25610 \(fn)" t nil)
25612 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25613 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25614 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25615 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25616 for example, \"word\".
25618 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25620 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25621 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25625 ;;;***
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18307
25628 ;;;;;; 57870))
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25631 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25632 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25634 \(fn)" t nil)
25636 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25637 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25639 \(fn)" nil nil)
25641 ;;;***
25643 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25644 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25645 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25646 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18307
25647 ;;;;;; 57871))
25648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25650 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25651 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25653 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25654 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25655 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25656 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25657 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25658 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25659 of the current highlighting list.
25661 For example:
25663 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25664 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25666 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25667 `_t' as data types.
25669 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25671 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25672 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25674 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25675 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25677 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25679 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25680 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25681 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25683 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25685 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25686 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25687 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25688 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25689 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25690 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25691 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25692 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25693 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25695 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25697 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25698 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25699 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25700 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25702 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25703 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25704 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25705 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25707 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25708 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25709 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25711 \(fn)" t nil)
25713 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25714 Major mode to edit SQL.
25716 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25717 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25718 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25720 \\{sql-mode-map}
25721 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25723 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25724 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25725 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25726 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25727 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25728 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25730 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25731 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25733 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25734 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25735 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25737 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25738 (lambda ()
25739 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25744 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25746 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25747 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25748 `*SQL*'.
25750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25752 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25754 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25755 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25757 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25758 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25759 `*SQL*'.
25761 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25762 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25763 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25764 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25766 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25767 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25769 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25770 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25771 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25772 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25773 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25774 `default-process-coding-system'.
25776 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25778 \(fn)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25781 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25783 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25784 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25785 `*SQL*'.
25787 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25788 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25789 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25790 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25792 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25793 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25795 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25796 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25797 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25798 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25799 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25800 `default-process-coding-system'.
25802 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25804 \(fn)" t nil)
25806 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25807 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25809 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25810 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25811 `*SQL*'.
25813 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25814 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25816 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25817 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25819 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25820 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25821 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25822 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25823 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25824 `default-process-coding-system'.
25826 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25830 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25831 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25833 SQLite is free software.
25835 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25836 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25837 `*SQL*'.
25839 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25840 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25841 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25842 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25844 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25845 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25847 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25848 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25849 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25850 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25851 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25852 `default-process-coding-system'.
25854 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25856 \(fn)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25859 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25861 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25863 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25864 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25865 `*SQL*'.
25867 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25868 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25869 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25870 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25872 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25873 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25875 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25876 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25877 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25878 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25879 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25880 `default-process-coding-system'.
25882 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25884 \(fn)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25887 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25889 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25890 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25891 `*SQL*'.
25893 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25894 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25895 defaults, if set.
25897 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25900 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25901 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25902 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25903 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25904 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25905 `default-process-coding-system'.
25907 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25909 \(fn)" t nil)
25911 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25912 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25916 `*SQL*'.
25918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25919 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25921 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25924 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25925 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25926 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25927 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25928 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25929 `default-process-coding-system'.
25931 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25933 \(fn)" t nil)
25935 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25936 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25938 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25939 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25940 `*SQL*'.
25942 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25943 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25944 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25945 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25947 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25948 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25950 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25951 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25952 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25953 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25954 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25955 `default-process-coding-system'.
25957 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25959 \(fn)" t nil)
25961 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25962 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25964 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25965 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25966 `*SQL*'.
25968 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25969 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25970 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25971 `sql-postgres-options'.
25973 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25974 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25978 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25981 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25982 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25983 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25985 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25986 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25988 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25990 \(fn)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25993 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25995 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25996 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25997 `*SQL*'.
25999 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26000 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26001 defaults, if set.
26003 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26004 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26006 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26007 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26008 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26009 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26010 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26011 `default-process-coding-system'.
26013 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26015 \(fn)" t nil)
26017 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26018 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26020 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26021 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26022 `*SQL*'.
26024 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26025 automatic login.
26027 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26028 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26030 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26031 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26032 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26033 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26035 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26036 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26037 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26038 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26039 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26040 `default-process-coding-system'.
26042 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26044 \(fn)" t nil)
26046 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26047 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26049 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26050 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26051 `*SQL*'.
26053 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26054 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26055 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26056 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26057 parameters.
26059 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26060 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26061 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26062 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26063 an empty password.
26065 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26066 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26068 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26070 \(fn)" t nil)
26072 ;;;***
26074 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26075 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26076 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26077 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26078 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18307
26079 ;;;;;; 57859))
26080 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26082 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26083 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26084 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26085 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26086 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26087 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26089 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26091 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26093 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26094 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26095 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26096 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26097 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26098 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26099 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26101 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26103 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26104 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26105 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26106 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26107 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26108 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26109 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26111 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26113 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26114 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26115 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26117 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26119 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26120 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26121 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26123 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26125 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26126 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26128 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26130 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26131 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26133 \(fn)" t nil)
26135 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26136 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26138 \(fn)" t nil)
26140 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26141 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26142 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26143 chronologically by command name.
26144 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26146 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26148 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26149 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26150 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26152 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26153 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26155 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26157 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26158 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26159 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26160 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26161 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26162 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26163 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26165 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26166 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26167 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26168 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26170 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26174 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26175 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26176 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26177 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26179 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26182 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26184 \(fn)" t nil)
26186 ;;;***
26188 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26189 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16268 23254))
26190 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26192 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26193 Studlify-case the region.
26195 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26197 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26198 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26200 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26202 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26203 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26205 \(fn)" t nil)
26207 ;;;***
26209 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18307 57859))
26210 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
26212 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
26213 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
26214 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
26215 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
26216 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
26217 to the specified name LIBRARY.
26219 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
26220 is used instead of `load-path'.
26222 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
26223 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
26224 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
26226 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
26228 ;;;***
26230 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26231 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
26232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26234 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26235 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26236 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26237 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26238 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26239 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26240 original message but it does require a few things:
26242 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26244 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26245 reply buffer.
26247 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26248 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26249 original message.
26251 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26253 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26255 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26256 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26257 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26259 \(fn)" nil nil)
26261 ;;;***
26263 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18307
26264 ;;;;;; 57859))
26265 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26267 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26269 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26270 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26271 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26274 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26276 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26278 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26279 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26280 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26281 otherwise turn it off.
26283 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26284 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26285 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26289 ;;;***
26291 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18307 57859))
26292 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26294 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26295 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26296 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26297 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26298 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26300 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26303 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26304 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26305 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26306 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26307 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26308 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26310 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26312 ;;;***
26314 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26315 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26316 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26317 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26318 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26319 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26320 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26321 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26322 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26323 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26324 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26325 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26326 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18302 4831))
26327 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26329 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26330 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26331 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26333 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26335 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26336 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26338 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26340 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26341 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26343 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26345 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26346 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26348 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26350 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26351 Insert an editable text table.
26352 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26353 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26354 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26355 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26356 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26357 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26358 delimiting them.
26360 Examples:
26362 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26364 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26365 location of point.
26369 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26370 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26371 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26372 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26373 first cell.
26375 +-----+-----+-----+
26376 |-!- | | |
26377 +-----+-----+-----+
26379 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26381 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26382 width, which results as
26384 +--------------+-----+-----+
26385 |-!- | | |
26386 +--------------+-----+-----+
26388 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26389 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26391 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26392 | | |-!- |
26393 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26395 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26396 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26397 width information to `table-insert'.
26399 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26401 instead of
26403 Cell width(s): 5
26405 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26406 work all together.
26408 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26409 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26411 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26412 |-!- | | |
26413 | | | |
26414 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26416 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26418 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26419 |-!- | | |
26420 | | | |
26421 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26422 | | | |
26423 | | | |
26424 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26426 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26428 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26429 | | | |
26430 | | | |
26431 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26432 | | | |
26433 | | | |
26434 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26437 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26438 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26439 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26441 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26442 | | | |
26443 | | | |
26444 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26445 | | | |
26446 | | | |
26447 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26448 |-!- | | |
26449 | | | |
26450 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26452 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26453 results.
26455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26456 | | | |
26457 | | | |
26458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26459 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26460 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26461 | | |expected results.-!- |
26462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26463 | | | |
26464 | | | |
26465 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26467 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26469 \\{table-cell-map}
26471 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26473 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26474 Insert N table row(s).
26475 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26476 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26477 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26478 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26480 \(fn N)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26483 Insert N table column(s).
26484 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26485 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26486 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26487 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26489 \(fn N)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26492 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26493 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26495 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26497 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26498 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26499 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26500 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26501 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26502 all the table specific features.
26504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26506 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26507 Not documented
26509 \(fn)" t nil)
26511 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26512 Recognize all tables within region.
26513 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26514 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26515 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26516 specific features.
26518 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26520 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26521 Not documented
26523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26525 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26526 Recognize a table at point.
26527 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26528 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26529 the table specific features.
26531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26533 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26534 Not documented
26536 \(fn)" t nil)
26538 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26539 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26540 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26541 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26542 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26543 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26544 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26546 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26548 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26549 Not documented
26551 \(fn)" t nil)
26553 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26554 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26555 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26556 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26557 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26558 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26559 specified.
26561 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26563 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26564 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26565 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26566 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26567 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26568 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26569 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26570 table structure.
26572 \(fn N)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26575 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26576 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26577 table's rectangle structure.
26579 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26581 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26582 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26583 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26584 table's rectangle structure.
26586 \(fn N)" t nil)
26588 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26589 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26590 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26591 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26592 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26594 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26596 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26597 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26598 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26600 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26601 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26602 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26603 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26604 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26605 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26606 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26608 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26609 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26610 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26611 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26612 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26613 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26614 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26616 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26617 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26618 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26619 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26620 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26621 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26622 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26623 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26625 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26627 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26628 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26629 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26630 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26634 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26635 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26636 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26638 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26640 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26641 Split current cell vertically.
26642 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26646 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26647 Split current cell horizontally.
26648 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26650 \(fn)" t nil)
26652 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26653 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26654 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26656 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26658 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26659 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26660 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26661 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26663 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26665 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26666 Justify cell contents.
26667 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26668 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26669 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26670 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26672 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26674 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26675 Justify cells of a row.
26676 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26677 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26679 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26681 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26682 Justify cells of a column.
26683 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26684 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26686 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26688 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26689 Toggle fixing width mode.
26690 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26691 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26692 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26696 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26697 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26698 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26699 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26700 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26701 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26702 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26703 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26704 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26705 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26706 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26708 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26710 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26711 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26712 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26713 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26714 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26715 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26716 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26717 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26718 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26719 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26720 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26721 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26722 untouched.
26724 References used for this implementation:
26726 HTML:
26727 http://www.w3.org
26729 LaTeX:
26730 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26732 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26733 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26734 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26736 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26738 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26739 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26740 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26741 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26742 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26743 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26744 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26745 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26746 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26747 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26748 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26749 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26750 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26751 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26752 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26753 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26754 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26756 Example:
26758 (progn
26759 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26760 (table-forward-cell 15)
26761 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26762 (table-forward-cell 16)
26763 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26764 (table-forward-cell 1)
26765 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26767 (progn
26768 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26769 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26770 (table-forward-cell 1)
26771 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26773 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26775 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26776 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26777 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26778 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26779 consists from cells of same height.
26781 \(fn N)" t nil)
26783 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26784 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26785 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26786 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26787 column must consists from cells of same width.
26789 \(fn N)" t nil)
26791 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26792 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26793 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26794 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26795 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26796 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26797 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26798 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26799 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26800 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26801 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26802 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26803 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26804 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26805 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26808 Example 1:
26810 1, 2, 3, 4
26811 5, 6, 7, 8
26812 , 9, 10
26814 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26815 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26816 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26817 specified as 5.
26819 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26820 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26821 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26822 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26823 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26824 | | 9 | 10 | |
26825 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26827 Note:
26829 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26830 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26831 of each row is optional.
26834 Example 2:
26836 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26837 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26838 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26839 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26840 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26842 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26843 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26845 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26846 expression and raw delimiter regular
26847 expression, it parses the specified text
26848 area and extracts cell items from
26849 non-table text and then forms a table out
26850 of them.
26852 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26853 creates a single cell table. The text in
26854 the specified region is placed in that
26855 cell.-*-
26857 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26858 like this.
26860 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26861 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26862 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26864 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26865 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26866 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26867 | area and extracts cell items from |
26868 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26869 | of them. |
26871 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26872 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26873 | the specified region is placed in that |
26874 | cell. |
26875 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26877 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26878 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26879 independently.
26881 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26882 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26883 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26884 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26885 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26886 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26887 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26888 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26889 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26890 | |of them. |
26891 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26892 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26893 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26894 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26895 | |cell. |
26896 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26898 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26899 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26900 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26902 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26904 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26905 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26906 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26907 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26908 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26910 \(fn)" t nil)
26912 ;;;***
26914 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18307 57859))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26917 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26918 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26920 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26922 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26923 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26925 \(fn)" t nil)
26927 ;;;***
26929 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18307 57859))
26930 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26932 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26933 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26934 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26935 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26936 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26937 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26938 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26940 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26941 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26942 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26943 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26945 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26946 \\{tar-mode-map}
26948 \(fn)" t nil)
26950 ;;;***
26952 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26953 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18307 57871))
26954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26956 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26957 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26958 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26959 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26960 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26961 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26963 Variables controlling indentation style:
26964 `tcl-indent-level'
26965 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26966 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26967 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26969 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26970 documentation for details):
26971 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26972 Controls action of TAB key.
26973 `tcl-auto-newline'
26974 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26975 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26976 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26977 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26978 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26980 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26981 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26982 already exist.
26984 Commands:
26985 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26987 \(fn)" t nil)
26989 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26990 Run inferior Tcl process.
26991 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26992 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26994 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26996 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26997 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26998 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27000 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27002 ;;;***
27004 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18307 57870))
27005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27006 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27008 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27009 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27010 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27011 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27013 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27014 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27015 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27016 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27017 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27019 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27020 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27022 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27023 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27024 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27025 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27027 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27029 ;;;***
27031 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18307
27032 ;;;;;; 57859))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27035 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27036 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27037 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27038 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27039 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27040 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27042 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27044 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27045 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27046 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27047 commands to use in that buffer.
27049 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27051 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27053 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27054 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27056 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27058 ;;;***
27060 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18307
27061 ;;;;;; 57859))
27062 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27064 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27065 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27066 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27067 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27068 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27069 program as keyboard input.
27071 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27072 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27073 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27074 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27076 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27077 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27078 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27079 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27080 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27082 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27084 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27085 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27086 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27087 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27089 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27090 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27091 subprocess started.
27093 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27095 ;;;***
27097 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27098 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
27099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27101 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27102 Start coverage on function under point.
27104 \(fn)" t nil)
27106 ;;;***
27108 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18307 57870))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27111 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27112 Play the Tetris game.
27113 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27114 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27115 as to form complete rows.
27117 tetris-mode keybindings:
27118 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27119 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27120 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27121 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27122 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27123 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27124 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27125 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27126 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27128 \(fn)" t nil)
27130 ;;;***
27132 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27133 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27134 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27135 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27136 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27137 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27138 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27139 ;;;;;; (18307 57874))
27140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27142 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27143 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27145 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27147 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27148 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27149 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27150 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27151 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27153 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27155 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27156 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27157 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27158 if it matches the first line of the file,
27159 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27161 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27163 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27164 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27165 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27166 if the variable is non-nil.")
27168 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27170 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27171 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27173 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27175 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27176 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27177 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27178 See the documentation of that variable.")
27180 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27182 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27183 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27184 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27185 See the documentation of that variable.")
27187 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27189 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27190 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27191 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27192 See the documentation of that variable.")
27194 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27196 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27197 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27198 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27199 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27200 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27202 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27204 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27205 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27206 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27207 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27209 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27211 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27212 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27213 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27215 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27217 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27218 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27219 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27220 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27222 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27224 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27225 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27226 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27227 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27229 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27231 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27232 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27233 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27234 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27236 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27237 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27238 for example,
27240 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27241 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27243 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27244 use.")
27246 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27248 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27249 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27250 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27251 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27252 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27254 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27256 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27258 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27259 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27260 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27262 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27264 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27265 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27266 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27267 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27268 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27270 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27272 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27273 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27275 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27277 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27278 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27280 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27282 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27283 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27284 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27285 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27286 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27287 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27288 says which mode to use.
27290 \(fn)" t nil)
27292 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27294 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27296 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27298 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27299 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27300 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27301 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27302 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27304 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27305 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27306 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27307 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27308 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27309 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27310 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27312 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27313 mismatched $'s or braces.
27315 Special commands:
27316 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27318 Mode variables:
27319 tex-run-command
27320 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27321 tex-directory
27322 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27323 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27324 tex-dvi-print-command
27325 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27326 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27327 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27328 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27329 tex-dvi-view-command
27330 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27331 tex-show-queue-command
27332 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27333 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27335 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27336 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27337 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27341 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27342 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27343 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27344 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27345 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27347 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27348 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27349 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27350 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27351 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27352 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27353 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27355 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27356 mismatched $'s or braces.
27358 Special commands:
27359 \\{latex-mode-map}
27361 Mode variables:
27362 latex-run-command
27363 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27364 tex-directory
27365 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27366 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27367 tex-dvi-print-command
27368 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27369 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27370 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27371 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27372 tex-dvi-view-command
27373 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27374 tex-show-queue-command
27375 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27376 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27378 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27379 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27380 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27382 \(fn)" t nil)
27384 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27385 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27386 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27387 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27388 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27390 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27391 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27392 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27393 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27394 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27395 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27396 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27398 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27399 mismatched $'s or braces.
27401 Special commands:
27402 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27404 Mode variables:
27405 slitex-run-command
27406 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27407 tex-directory
27408 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27409 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27410 tex-dvi-print-command
27411 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27412 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27413 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27414 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27415 tex-dvi-view-command
27416 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27417 tex-show-queue-command
27418 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27419 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27421 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27422 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27423 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27424 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27426 \(fn)" t nil)
27428 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27429 Not documented
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27433 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27434 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27436 \(fn)" t nil)
27438 ;;;***
27440 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27441 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18307 57874))
27442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27444 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27445 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27446 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27447 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27449 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27450 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27451 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27453 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27455 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27456 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27457 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27458 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27459 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27461 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27463 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27464 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27465 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27466 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27468 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27469 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27470 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27471 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27473 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27474 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27476 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27478 ;;;***
27480 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27481 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18307 57874))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27484 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27485 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27487 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27489 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27490 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27492 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27494 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27495 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27497 It has these extra commands:
27498 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27500 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27501 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27502 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27503 modified version of TeX input format.
27505 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27506 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27507 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27508 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27510 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27511 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27512 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27513 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27514 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27515 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27516 in the Texinfo file.
27518 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27519 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27520 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27521 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27522 move forward past the closing brace.
27524 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27525 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27527 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27528 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27529 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27531 Here are the functions:
27533 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27534 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27535 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27537 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27538 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27539 texinfo-master-menu
27541 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27543 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27544 which menu descriptions are indented.
27546 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27547 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27548 in the region.
27550 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27551 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27552 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27553 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27555 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27556 be the first node in the file.
27558 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27559 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27563 ;;;***
27565 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27566 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27567 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27568 ;;;;;; (18307 57867))
27569 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27571 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27572 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27573 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27574 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27576 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27578 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27579 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27581 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27584 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27586 \(fn)" t nil)
27588 (autoload 'thai-post-read-conversion "thai-util" "\
27589 Not documented
27591 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27593 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27594 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27595 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27596 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27597 to compose.
27599 The return value is number of composed characters.
27601 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27603 (autoload 'thai-auto-composition-mode "thai-util" "\
27604 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27608 ;;;***
27610 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27611 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27612 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18307 57859))
27613 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27615 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27616 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27618 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27620 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27621 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27622 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27623 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27624 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27626 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27627 a symbol as a valid THING.
27629 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27630 of the textual entity that was found.
27632 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27634 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27635 Return the THING at point.
27636 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27637 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27638 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27640 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27641 a symbol as a valid THING.
27643 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27645 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27646 Not documented
27648 \(fn)" nil nil)
27650 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27651 Not documented
27653 \(fn)" nil nil)
27655 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27656 Not documented
27658 \(fn)" nil nil)
27660 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27661 Not documented
27663 \(fn)" nil nil)
27665 ;;;***
27667 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27668 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27669 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
27670 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27672 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27673 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27675 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27677 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27678 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27679 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27680 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27682 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27684 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27685 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27687 \(fn)" t nil)
27689 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27690 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27694 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27696 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27697 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27699 \(fn)" t nil)
27701 ;;;***
27703 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27704 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27705 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27706 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27707 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27708 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18307 57867))
27709 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27711 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27712 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27713 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27715 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27717 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27718 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27720 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27722 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27723 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27724 The returned string has no composition information.
27726 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27728 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27729 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27731 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27733 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27734 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27736 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27738 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27739 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27740 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27741 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27743 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27745 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27746 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27747 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27748 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27750 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27752 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27753 Not documented
27755 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27757 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27758 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27759 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27761 \(fn)" t nil)
27763 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27764 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27765 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27767 \(fn)" t nil)
27769 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27770 Not documented
27772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27774 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27775 Not documented
27777 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27779 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27780 Not documented
27782 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27784 ;;;***
27786 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27787 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
27788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27790 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27791 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27792 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27793 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27794 parameters.
27795 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27797 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27800 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27801 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27802 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27803 parameters.
27804 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27806 \(fn)" t nil)
27808 ;;;***
27810 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27811 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18307 57859))
27812 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27814 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27815 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27817 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27819 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27820 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27821 This display updates automatically every minute.
27822 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27823 are displayed as well.
27824 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27826 \(fn)" t nil)
27828 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27829 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27830 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27833 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27835 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27837 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27838 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27839 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27841 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27842 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27843 are displayed as well.
27844 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27849 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27850 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27851 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27853 \(fn)" t nil)
27855 ;;;***
27857 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27858 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27859 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27860 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18307
27861 ;;;;;; 57860))
27862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27864 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27865 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27867 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27869 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27870 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27871 You can use `float-time' instead.
27873 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27875 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27876 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27878 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27880 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27881 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27883 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27885 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27886 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27888 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27890 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27891 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27892 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27894 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27896 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27898 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27899 Subtract two time values.
27900 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27902 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27904 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27905 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27907 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27909 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27910 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27911 DATE should be a date-time string.
27913 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27915 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27916 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27917 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27919 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27921 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27922 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27924 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27926 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27927 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27929 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27931 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27932 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27933 TIME should be a time value.
27934 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27936 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27938 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27939 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27940 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27942 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27944 ;;;***
27946 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27947 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18307 57859))
27948 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27949 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27950 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27951 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27952 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27953 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27954 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27955 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27956 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27958 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27959 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27960 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27961 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27962 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27963 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27964 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27965 look like one of the following:
27966 Time-stamp: <>
27967 Time-stamp: \" \"
27968 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27969 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27970 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27971 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27972 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27973 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27974 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27975 the template.
27977 \(fn)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27980 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27981 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27985 ;;;***
27987 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27988 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27989 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27990 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27991 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
27992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27994 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27995 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27996 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27997 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27998 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27999 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28000 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28001 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28002 display (non-nil means on).
28004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28006 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28007 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28008 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28009 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
28010 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28011 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28012 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28013 this function is called within a day.
28015 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28016 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28017 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28018 discover the name of the project.
28020 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28022 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28023 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28024 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28025 begun during the last time segment.
28027 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28028 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28029 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28030 discover the reason.
28032 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28034 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28035 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28036 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28037 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28038 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28040 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28042 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28043 Change to working on a different project.
28044 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28045 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28046 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28047 working on.
28049 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28051 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28052 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28053 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28055 \(fn)" nil nil)
28057 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28058 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28059 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28061 \(fn)" t nil)
28063 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28064 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28065 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28066 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28067 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28068 \"relative to today\".
28070 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28072 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28073 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28074 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28075 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28077 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28079 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28080 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28081 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28082 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28083 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28084 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28086 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28088 ;;;***
28090 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
28091 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
28092 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18307 57861))
28093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
28095 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
28097 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
28098 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
28100 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
28102 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
28103 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
28104 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
28105 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
28107 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
28109 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
28110 Perform an action at time TIME.
28111 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28112 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
28113 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
28114 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
28115 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
28116 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
28117 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
28118 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
28119 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
28120 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
28121 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28123 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28125 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28127 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
28128 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
28129 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28130 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
28131 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28133 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28135 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28137 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
28138 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
28139 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
28140 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
28142 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
28144 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
28145 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
28146 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28147 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
28148 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
28149 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
28150 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
28152 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
28153 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
28155 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28157 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28158 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
28160 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
28161 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
28162 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
28163 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
28164 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
28165 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
28166 be detected.
28168 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28170 ;;;***
28172 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28173 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18307 57867))
28174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28176 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28177 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28178 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28179 the generated Quail package is saved.
28181 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28183 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28184 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28185 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28186 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28187 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28188 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28189 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28191 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28193 ;;;***
28195 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
28196 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18307
28197 ;;;;;; 57867))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
28200 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
28201 Not documented
28203 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28205 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
28206 Not documented
28208 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28210 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
28211 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
28212 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
28213 PATTERN regexp.
28215 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28217 ;;;***
28219 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28220 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18307 57859))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28222 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28223 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28225 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28226 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28227 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28228 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28229 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28231 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28233 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28234 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28235 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28236 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28237 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28241 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28242 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28243 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28244 in the menu in two ways:
28245 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28246 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28247 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28249 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28250 keymap or an alist of alists.
28251 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28252 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28254 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28256 ;;;***
28258 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28259 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28260 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18302 4831))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28263 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28264 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28266 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28268 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28269 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28271 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28274 Insert new TODO list entry.
28275 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28276 category.
28278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28280 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28281 List top priorities for each category.
28283 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28284 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28286 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28287 between each category.
28289 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28291 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28292 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28293 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28294 between each category.
28296 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28298 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28300 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28301 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28303 \\{todo-mode-map}
28305 \(fn)" t nil)
28307 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28308 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28310 \(fn)" nil nil)
28312 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28313 Show TODO list.
28315 \(fn)" t nil)
28317 ;;;***
28319 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28320 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28321 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18307 57859))
28322 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28324 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28325 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28326 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28330 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28332 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28333 Add an item to the tool bar.
28334 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28335 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28336 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28337 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28339 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28340 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28341 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28342 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28344 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28345 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28347 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28349 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28350 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28351 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28352 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28353 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28354 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28356 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28357 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28358 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28359 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28361 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28363 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28364 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28365 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28366 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28367 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28368 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28369 properties to add to the binding.
28371 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28373 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28374 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28376 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28378 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28379 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28380 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28381 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28382 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28383 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28384 properties to add to the binding.
28386 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28387 holds a keymap.
28389 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28391 ;;;***
28393 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28394 ;;;;;; (18313 61535))
28395 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28397 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28398 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28399 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28402 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28404 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28406 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28407 TPU/edt emulation.
28409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28411 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28413 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28414 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28416 \(fn)" t nil)
28418 ;;;***
28420 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28421 ;;;;;; (18302 4831))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28424 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28425 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28427 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28428 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28429 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28430 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28431 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28433 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28434 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28435 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28436 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28437 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28439 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28440 (tpu-edt)
28442 Known Problems:
28444 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28445 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28446 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28447 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28448 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28449 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28451 \(fn)" t nil)
28453 ;;;***
28455 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18307 57861))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28458 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28459 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28460 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28461 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28462 to a tcp server on another machine.
28464 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28466 ;;;***
28468 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28469 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18307 57861))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28472 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28473 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28475 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28477 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28478 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28479 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28480 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28481 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28482 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28483 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28484 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28486 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28488 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28489 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28490 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28491 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28492 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28493 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28494 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28495 the window or buffer configuration.
28497 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28499 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28501 ;;;***
28503 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28504 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28505 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28506 ;;;;;; (18316 2343))
28507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28509 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28510 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28512 It can have the following values:
28514 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28515 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28516 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28518 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28520 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28521 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28522 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28523 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28525 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28526 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28527 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28528 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28530 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28531 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28532 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28534 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28535 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28536 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28537 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28538 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28539 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28540 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28541 files which are not really Tramp files.
28543 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28544 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28545 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28546 updated after changing this variable.
28548 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28550 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28551 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28552 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28553 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28555 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28556 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28557 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28558 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28560 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28561 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28562 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28564 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28565 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28566 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28568 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28569 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28570 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28571 updated after changing this variable.
28573 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28575 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28576 Alist of completion handler functions.
28577 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28578 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28579 normal Emacs functions.")
28581 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28582 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28583 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28584 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28586 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28587 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28588 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28589 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28591 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28592 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28593 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28595 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28597 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28598 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28599 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28601 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28602 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28603 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28605 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28606 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28607 (add-hook
28608 'after-init-hook
28609 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28611 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28612 Not documented
28614 \(fn)" nil nil)
28616 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28617 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28619 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28621 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28622 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28624 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28626 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28627 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28629 \(fn)" t nil)
28631 ;;;***
28633 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28634 ;;;;;; (18307 57870))
28635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28637 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28638 Not documented
28640 \(fn)" nil nil)
28642 ;;;***
28644 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18307
28645 ;;;;;; 57859))
28646 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28648 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28649 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28650 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28651 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28652 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28653 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28654 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28655 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28657 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28658 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28659 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28661 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28662 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28663 resumed later.
28665 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28670 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18307 57875))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28672 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28673 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28674 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28676 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28677 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28678 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28679 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28680 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28681 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28682 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28686 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28687 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28688 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28689 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28691 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28693 \(fn)" t nil)
28695 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28696 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28697 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28698 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28699 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28700 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28701 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28703 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28704 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28706 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28707 \\___/\\
28708 / \\
28709 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28711 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28715 ;;;***
28717 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28718 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28719 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28720 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28721 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28724 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28725 Toggle typing break mode.
28726 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28728 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28730 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28732 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28733 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28735 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28737 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28738 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28740 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28741 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28742 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28744 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28745 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28747 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28749 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28750 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28752 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28753 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28754 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28755 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28757 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28759 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28760 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28761 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28763 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28764 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28765 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28766 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28767 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28768 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28770 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28771 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28772 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28773 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28775 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28776 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28778 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28779 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28781 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28783 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28784 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28785 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28787 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28788 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28789 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28790 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28791 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28792 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28793 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28795 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28796 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28798 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28799 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28800 reset the keystroke counter.
28802 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28803 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28804 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28805 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28807 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28808 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28809 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28810 `type-break-schedule' command.
28812 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28813 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28814 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28815 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28816 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28817 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28818 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28819 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28820 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28822 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28823 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28824 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28825 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28826 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28828 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28829 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28830 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28831 approximate good values for this.
28833 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28834 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28836 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28837 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28838 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28839 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28840 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28841 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28843 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28844 a typing break occur. They include:
28846 `type-break-query-mode'
28847 `type-break-query-function'
28848 `type-break-query-interval'
28850 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28852 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28853 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28854 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28855 problems.
28857 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28859 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28860 Take a typing break.
28862 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28863 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28865 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28866 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28868 \(fn)" t nil)
28870 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28871 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28872 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28873 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28875 \(fn)" t nil)
28877 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28878 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28880 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28881 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28882 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28883 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28884 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28885 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28886 average typing speed.)
28888 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28889 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28890 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28891 the computed maximum threshold.
28893 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28894 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28895 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28896 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28897 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28899 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28901 ;;;***
28903 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28904 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18307 57875))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28907 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28908 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28909 Works by overstriking underscores.
28910 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28911 which specify the range to operate on.
28913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28915 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28916 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28917 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28918 which specify the range to operate on.
28920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28922 ;;;***
28924 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28925 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18307 57869))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28928 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28929 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28930 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28932 \(fn)" t nil)
28934 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28935 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28936 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28937 following the containing message.
28939 \(fn)" t nil)
28941 ;;;***
28943 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28944 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
28945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28947 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28948 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28949 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28950 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28951 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28952 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28954 \(fn)" nil nil)
28956 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28957 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28959 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28961 ;;;***
28963 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18307
28964 ;;;;;; 57861))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28967 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28968 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28969 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28970 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28972 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28974 ;;;***
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28977 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18307 57875))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28980 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28981 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28982 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28984 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28985 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28986 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28987 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28988 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28989 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28991 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28992 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28993 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28995 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28996 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28997 the callback is not called).
28999 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29000 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29001 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29002 take effect.
29004 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29007 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29008 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29009 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29010 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29014 ;;;***
29016 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29017 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18307 57875))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29020 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29021 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29022 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29024 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29025 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29026 `url-generic-parse-url'
29027 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29028 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29029 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29030 realm
29031 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29032 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29033 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29034 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29035 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29036 what type of auth to use
29037 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29038 if one cannot be found in the cache
29040 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29043 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29045 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
29046 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
29047 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29048 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
29049 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
29050 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29051 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29052 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29054 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29056 ;;;***
29058 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29059 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18307
29060 ;;;;;; 57875))
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29063 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29064 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29066 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29069 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29071 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29074 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
29076 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29079 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29081 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29083 ;;;***
29085 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18307 57875))
29086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29088 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29089 Not documented
29091 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29093 ;;;***
29095 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29096 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18307 57875))
29097 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29099 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29100 Not documented
29102 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29105 Not documented
29107 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109 ;;;***
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18307
29112 ;;;;;; 57875))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29115 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29116 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29118 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29120 ;;;***
29122 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29123 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18307 57875))
29124 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29126 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29127 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29129 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29131 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29132 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29133 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29134 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29135 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29137 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29139 ;;;***
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29142 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29143 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29146 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29147 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29148 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29151 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29153 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29155 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29156 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29160 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29161 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29162 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29163 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29165 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29167 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29168 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29169 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29170 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29171 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29172 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29173 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29174 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29175 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29177 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29179 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29180 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29181 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29182 accessible.
29184 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29186 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29187 Not documented
29189 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29191 ;;;***
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29194 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18307 57875))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29197 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29198 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29199 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29200 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29201 CBARGS as the arguments.
29203 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29206 Not documented
29208 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29210 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29212 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29213 Not documented
29215 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29218 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29219 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29221 Property list members:
29223 methods
29224 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29225 supports.
29228 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29229 supported.
29231 dasl
29232 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29234 ranges
29235 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29238 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29239 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29240 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29241 Emacs/W3.
29243 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29245 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29246 Default HTTPS port.")
29248 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29249 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29251 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29252 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29253 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29254 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29255 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29257 ;;;***
29259 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18307 57875))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29262 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29263 Not documented
29265 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29267 ;;;***
29269 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18307
29270 ;;;;;; 57875))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29273 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29274 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29275 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29276 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29277 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29279 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29281 ;;;***
29283 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29284 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29287 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29288 Not documented
29290 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29292 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29293 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29295 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29297 ;;;***
29299 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29300 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18307 57875))
29301 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29303 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29304 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29306 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29308 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29309 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29314 Not documented
29316 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29318 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29320 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29322 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29324 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29325 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29327 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29329 ;;;***
29331 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29332 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
29333 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29335 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29336 Not documented
29338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29340 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29341 Not documented
29343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29345 ;;;***
29347 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29348 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29349 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29352 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29353 Not documented
29355 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29357 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29358 Not documented
29360 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29363 Not documented
29365 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29368 Not documented
29370 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29372 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29373 Not documented
29375 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29377 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29378 Not documented
29380 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29382 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29383 Not documented
29385 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29387 ;;;***
29389 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29390 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18307 57875))
29391 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29393 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29394 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29396 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29398 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29399 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29400 Format is:
29401 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29403 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29405 ;;;***
29407 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29408 ;;;;;; (18307 57875))
29409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29411 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29412 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29414 \(fn)" t nil)
29416 ;;;***
29418 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29419 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29420 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29421 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29422 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29423 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29424 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18307 57875))
29425 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29427 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29428 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29429 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29431 If t, all messages will be logged.
29432 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29433 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29435 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29437 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29438 Not documented
29440 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29442 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29443 Not documented
29445 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29447 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29448 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29449 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29450 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29451 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29452 & ==> &amp;
29453 < ==> &lt;
29454 > ==> &gt;
29455 \" ==> &quot;
29457 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29460 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29461 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29463 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29466 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29467 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29469 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29471 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29472 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29474 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29476 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29477 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29479 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29481 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29482 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29484 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29486 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29487 Not documented
29489 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29491 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29492 Not documented
29494 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29496 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29497 Not documented
29499 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29501 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29502 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29504 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29506 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29507 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29509 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29511 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29512 Not documented
29514 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29516 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29517 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29518 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29519 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29520 forbidden in URL encoding.
29522 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29524 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29525 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29526 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29527 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29528 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29529 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29531 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29533 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29534 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29535 If optional variable X is t,
29536 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29538 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29540 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29541 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29542 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29544 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29546 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29547 View the current document's URL.
29548 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29549 the minibuffer.
29551 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29553 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29555 ;;;***
29557 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29558 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18307 57859))
29559 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29561 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29562 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29563 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29564 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29565 to refrain from editing the file
29566 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29567 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29568 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29569 in any way you like.
29571 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29573 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29574 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29575 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29576 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29577 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29579 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29580 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29582 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29584 ;;;***
29586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18307 57867))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29588 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29589 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7-imap '(require 'utf-7))
29591 ;;;***
29593 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29594 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29595 ;;;;;; (18307 57869))
29596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29598 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29599 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29600 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29601 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29603 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29605 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29606 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29607 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29609 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29611 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29612 Uudecode region between START and END.
29613 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29615 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29617 ;;;***
29619 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29620 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29621 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29622 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29623 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29624 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29625 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18317 49783))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29628 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29629 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29630 See `run-hooks'.")
29632 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29634 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29635 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29636 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29638 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29640 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29641 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29642 See `run-hooks'.")
29644 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29646 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29647 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29648 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29649 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29650 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29651 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29652 somebody else, signal error.
29654 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29656 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29657 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29658 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29659 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29660 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29662 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29664 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29665 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29666 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29667 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29668 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29669 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29670 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29671 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29672 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29673 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29674 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29675 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29677 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29679 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29680 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29681 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29683 For locking systems:
29684 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29685 control.
29686 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29687 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29688 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29689 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29690 it performs a revert on that file.
29691 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29692 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29693 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29694 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29695 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29696 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29697 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29699 For merging systems:
29700 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29701 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29702 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29703 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29704 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29705 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29706 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29707 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29708 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29710 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29712 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29713 Register into a version control system.
29714 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
29715 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29716 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29718 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29719 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29720 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29721 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29722 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29723 first backend that could register the file is used.
29725 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29727 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29728 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29730 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29732 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29733 Display diffs between file revisions.
29734 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29735 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29736 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29738 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29739 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29740 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29741 the current directory.
29742 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29743 saving the buffer.
29745 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29747 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29748 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29749 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29750 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29752 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29754 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29755 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29756 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29757 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29759 \(fn)" t nil)
29761 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29762 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29763 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29764 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29765 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29766 from the current branch.
29768 See Info node `Merging'.
29770 \(fn)" t nil)
29772 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29774 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29775 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29777 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29779 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29780 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29782 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29784 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29785 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29786 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29787 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29788 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29789 checked out in that new branch.
29791 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29793 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29794 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29795 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29796 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29797 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29798 allowed and simply skipped).
29800 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29802 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29803 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29804 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29806 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29808 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29809 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29810 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29811 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29813 \(fn)" t nil)
29815 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29816 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29817 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29818 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29820 \(fn)" t nil)
29822 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29824 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29825 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29826 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29827 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29828 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29829 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29831 \(fn)" t nil)
29833 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29834 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29835 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29836 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29837 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29838 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29839 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29841 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29843 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29844 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29845 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29846 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29847 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29848 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29849 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29850 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29851 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29853 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29855 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29856 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29858 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29860 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29861 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29862 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29863 directory.
29865 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29867 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29868 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29869 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29871 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29872 log entries should be gathered.
29874 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29876 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29877 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29879 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29881 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29882 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29884 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29886 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29887 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29889 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29890 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29891 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29892 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29893 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29894 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29896 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29897 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29898 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29899 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29900 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29901 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29902 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29903 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29905 Customization variables:
29907 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29908 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29909 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29910 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29912 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29914 ;;;***
29916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18317 49783))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29918 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29919 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29920 (progn
29921 (load "vc-arch")
29922 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29924 ;;;***
29926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18307 57859))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29929 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29930 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29932 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29933 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29934 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29935 (progn
29936 (load "vc-bzr")
29937 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29939 ;;;***
29941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18314 32066))
29942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29943 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29944 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29945 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29946 (load "vc-cvs")
29947 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29949 ;;;***
29951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18307 57859))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29953 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29954 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29955 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29956 (progn
29957 (load "vc-git")
29958 (vc-git-registered file))))
29960 ;;;***
29962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18308 43617))
29963 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29964 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29965 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29966 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29967 (progn
29968 (load "vc-hg")
29969 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29971 ;;;***
29973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18307 57859))
29974 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29975 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29976 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29977 (progn
29978 (load "vc-mcvs")
29979 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29981 ;;;***
29983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18307 57859))
29984 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29986 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29988 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29989 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29990 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29991 (progn
29992 (load "vc-mtn")
29993 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29995 ;;;***
29997 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29998 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
29999 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30001 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30002 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30003 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30005 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30006 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30008 ;;;***
30010 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30011 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30014 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30015 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30016 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30018 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30019 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30021 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30022 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30023 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30024 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30026 ;;;***
30028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18317 49783))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30030 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30031 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30032 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30033 "_svn")
30034 (t ".svn"))))
30035 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30036 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30037 (file-name-directory f)))
30038 (load "vc-svn")
30039 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30041 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30043 ;;;***
30045 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30046 ;;;;;; (18307 57871))
30047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30048 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30050 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30051 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30053 Usage:
30054 ------
30056 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30057 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30058 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30059 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30061 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30062 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30063 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30064 completions.
30066 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30067 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30069 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30070 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30072 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30073 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30074 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30076 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30079 Maintenance:
30080 ------------
30082 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30083 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30085 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30087 Official distribution is at
30088 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30091 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30092 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30094 Key bindings:
30095 -------------
30097 \\{vera-mode-map}
30099 \(fn)" t nil)
30101 ;;;***
30103 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30104 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
30105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30107 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30108 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30109 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30110 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30111 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30113 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30115 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30116 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30118 Supports highlighting.
30120 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30121 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30123 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30125 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30126 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30127 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30128 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30129 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30130 on the left side of your screen.
30131 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30132 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30133 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30134 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30135 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30136 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or function keyword
30137 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30138 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks
30139 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30140 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30141 if (a)
30142 begin
30143 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30144 Indentation for case statements.
30145 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30146 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30147 mark after an end.
30148 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30149 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
30150 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30151 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30152 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30153 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30154 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30155 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
30156 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30157 if (a)
30158 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30159 otherwise you get:
30160 if (a)
30161 begin
30162 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30163 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30164 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30165 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30166 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30167 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30168 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30169 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30170 comments in tight quarters.
30171 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30172 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30174 Variables controlling other actions:
30176 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30177 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30178 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30180 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30182 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30184 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30185 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30186 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30188 Some other functions are:
30190 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30191 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30192 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30193 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30194 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30196 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30197 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30198 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
30199 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30201 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30202 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30203 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30204 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30205 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30206 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
30207 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30208 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30209 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30210 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30211 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30212 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30213 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30214 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30216 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30217 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30218 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30219 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30220 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30221 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30222 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30223 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30224 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30225 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30226 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30227 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30228 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30230 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30231 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30233 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30235 \(fn)" t nil)
30237 ;;;***
30239 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30240 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30243 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30244 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30246 Usage:
30247 ------
30249 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30250 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30251 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30252 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30253 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30254 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30255 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30256 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30257 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30259 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30260 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30261 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30262 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30264 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30265 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30266 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30267 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30268 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30270 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30271 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30274 HEADER INSERTION:
30275 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30276 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30277 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30280 STUTTERING:
30281 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30282 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30283 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30284 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30286 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30287 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30288 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30289 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30290 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30293 WORD COMPLETION:
30294 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30295 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30296 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30297 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30299 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30300 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30301 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30302 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30303 beginning with \"std\").
30305 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30306 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30307 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30308 stop.
30311 COMMENTS:
30312 `--' puts a single comment.
30313 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30314 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30315 with a comment in between.
30316 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30317 out following lines.
30318 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30319 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30321 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30322 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30323 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30324 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30325 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30326 non-nil.
30328 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30329 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30330 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30331 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30332 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30333 multi-line comments.
30336 INDENTATION:
30337 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30338 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30339 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30340 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30342 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30343 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30344 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30345 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30347 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30348 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30349 and vice versa.
30351 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30352 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30355 ALIGNMENT:
30356 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30357 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30358 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30359 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30360 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30361 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30362 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30363 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30365 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30366 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30367 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30368 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30369 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30370 is non-nil.
30372 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30373 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30374 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30376 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30377 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30380 CODE FILLING:
30381 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30382 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30383 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30384 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30385 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30386 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30389 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30390 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30391 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30392 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30393 command:
30395 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30398 PORT TRANSLATION:
30399 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30400 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30401 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30402 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30403 internal signal initializations (menu).
30405 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30406 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30407 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30409 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30410 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30411 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30412 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30413 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30414 in subsequent paste operations.)
30416 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30417 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30418 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30421 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30422 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30423 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30424 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30425 association list with formals).
30428 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30429 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30430 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30431 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30432 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30433 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30434 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30435 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30436 `vhdl-testbench'.
30439 KEY BINDINGS:
30440 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30443 VHDL MENU:
30444 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30447 FILE BROWSER:
30448 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30449 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30450 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30452 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30453 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30456 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30457 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30458 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30459 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30461 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30462 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30463 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30465 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30466 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30467 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30468 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30470 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30471 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30472 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30473 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30474 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30476 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30477 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30478 required by secondary units.
30481 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30482 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30483 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30484 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30485 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30486 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30487 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30488 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30489 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30490 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30491 inputs to this component -> input port created
30492 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30493 outputs from this component -> output port created
30494 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30495 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30497 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30498 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30499 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30500 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30501 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30503 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30504 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30506 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30507 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30508 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30509 component instantiation is also supported (option
30510 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30512 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30513 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30514 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30515 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30516 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30517 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30518 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30519 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30520 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30521 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30522 | generating the configuration.
30524 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30525 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30526 | configurations in speedbar.
30528 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30531 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30532 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30533 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30534 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30535 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30536 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30537 information. New compilers can be added.
30539 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30540 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30543 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30544 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30545 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30546 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30547 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30549 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30550 command:
30552 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30553 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30554 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30556 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30557 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30558 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30559 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30560 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30561 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30562 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30564 Limitations:
30565 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30566 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30567 not (yet) supported.
30568 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30569 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30570 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30573 PROJECTS:
30574 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30575 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30576 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30577 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30578 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30579 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30580 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30581 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30583 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30584 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30585 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30586 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30587 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30588 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30589 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30590 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30591 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30592 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30593 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30596 SPECIAL MENUES:
30597 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30598 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30599 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30600 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30601 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30602 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30603 current directory for VHDL source files.
30606 VHDL STANDARDS:
30607 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30608 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30611 KEYWORD CASE:
30612 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30613 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30614 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30615 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30616 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30617 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30618 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30619 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30622 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30623 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30624 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30625 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30626 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30627 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30628 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30630 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30631 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30632 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30633 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30634 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30635 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30637 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30638 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30639 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30640 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30641 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30642 visually.
30644 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30645 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30646 highlighted if written in lower case.
30648 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30649 highlighted using a different background color if option
30650 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30652 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30653 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30654 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30655 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30656 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30659 USER MODELS:
30660 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30661 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30662 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30665 HIDE/SHOW:
30666 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30667 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30668 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30669 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30670 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30673 CODE UPDATING:
30674 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30675 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30676 Limitations:
30677 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30678 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30679 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30680 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30681 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30682 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30683 (used to obtain the port names).
30686 CODE FIXING:
30687 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30688 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30691 PRINTING:
30692 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30693 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30694 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30695 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30696 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30697 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30698 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30699 printers.
30702 OPTIONS:
30703 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30704 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30705 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30706 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30707 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30709 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30710 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30711 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30712 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30713 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30714 INSTALL file).
30716 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30717 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30720 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30721 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30722 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30723 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30725 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30728 HINTS:
30729 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30730 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30732 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30734 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30736 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30739 RELEASE NOTES:
30740 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30743 Maintenance:
30744 ------------
30746 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30747 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30749 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30751 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30752 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30753 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30754 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30756 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30757 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30758 where the latest version can be found.
30761 Known problems:
30762 ---------------
30764 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30765 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30766 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30769 The VHDL Mode Authors
30770 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30772 Key bindings:
30773 -------------
30775 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30777 \(fn)" t nil)
30779 ;;;***
30781 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18263 30458))
30782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30784 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30785 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30786 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30787 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30789 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30790 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30791 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30792 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30793 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30795 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30796 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30798 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30800 * Limitations and unsupported features
30801 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30802 not supported.
30803 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30804 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30806 * Modifications
30807 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30808 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30809 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30810 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30811 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30812 for undoing a repeated change command.
30813 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30814 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30815 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30817 * Extensions
30818 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30819 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30820 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30821 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30822 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30823 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30824 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30825 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30827 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30829 \(fn)" t nil)
30831 ;;;***
30833 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30834 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30835 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30836 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18307 57868))
30837 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30839 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30840 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30842 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30844 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30845 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30849 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30851 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30852 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30854 \(fn)" t nil)
30856 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30857 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30859 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30863 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30864 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30866 \(fn)" t nil)
30868 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30869 Not documented
30871 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30873 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30874 Not documented
30876 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30878 ;;;***
30880 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30881 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30882 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30883 ;;;;;; view-file view-remove-frame-by-deleting) "view" "view.el"
30884 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
30885 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30887 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30888 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30889 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30891 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30893 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30894 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30895 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30896 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30898 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30900 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30901 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30902 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30903 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30904 moving around in the buffer.
30905 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30906 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30908 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30910 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30912 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30913 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30914 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. Emacs commands
30915 editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of
30916 commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around
30917 in the buffer.
30918 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30919 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30921 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30923 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30925 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30926 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30927 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30928 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30929 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30930 moving around in the buffer.
30931 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30932 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30934 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30936 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30938 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30939 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30940 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30941 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30942 moving around in the buffer.
30943 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30944 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30946 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30948 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30949 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30950 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30952 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30954 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30955 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30956 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30957 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30958 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30959 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30965 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30966 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30967 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30969 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30971 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30972 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30973 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30974 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30975 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30976 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30977 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30978 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30980 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30982 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30983 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30984 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30986 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30988 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30989 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30990 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30991 turn it off.
30993 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30994 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30995 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30996 read-only.
30997 \\<view-mode-map>
30998 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30999 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31000 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31001 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31002 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31004 H, h, ? This message.
31005 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31006 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31007 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31008 > move to the end of buffer.
31009 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31010 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31011 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31012 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31013 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31014 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31015 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31016 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31017 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31018 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31019 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31020 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31021 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31022 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31023 Use this to view a changing file.
31024 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31025 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31026 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31027 . set the mark.
31028 x exchanges point and mark.
31029 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31030 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31031 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31032 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31033 ' go to position saved in character register.
31034 s do forward incremental search.
31035 r do reverse incremental search.
31036 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31037 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31038 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31039 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31040 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31041 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31042 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31043 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31044 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31045 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31046 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31047 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31048 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31049 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31050 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31051 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31052 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31054 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31055 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31056 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31057 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31058 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31059 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31060 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31061 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31062 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31064 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31068 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31069 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31070 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31071 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31072 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31073 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31074 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31075 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31076 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31078 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31080 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31081 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31082 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31083 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31084 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31085 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31086 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31088 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31089 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31090 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31091 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31092 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31093 1) nil Do nothing.
31094 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31095 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31096 frame.
31097 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31098 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31099 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31100 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31102 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31104 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31106 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31108 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31109 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31111 \(fn)" t nil)
31113 ;;;***
31115 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18307
31116 ;;;;;; 57862))
31117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31119 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31120 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31122 \(fn)" nil nil)
31124 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31125 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31127 \(fn)" t nil)
31129 ;;;***
31131 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31132 ;;;;;; (18308 43618))
31133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31135 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31136 Toggle Viper on/off.
31137 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31139 \(fn)" t nil)
31141 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31142 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31144 \(fn)" t nil)
31146 ;;;***
31148 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31149 ;;;;;; (18307 57861))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31152 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31153 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31154 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31155 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31156 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31157 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31158 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31159 the beginning of the warning.")
31161 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31162 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31163 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31164 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31165 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31166 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31167 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31168 also call that function before the next warning.")
31170 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31171 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31173 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31174 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31175 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31176 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31178 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31179 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31180 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31181 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31182 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31183 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31185 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31186 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31187 Default is :warning.
31189 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31190 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31191 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31192 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31193 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31194 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31196 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31197 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31198 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31200 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31202 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31203 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31205 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31207 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31208 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31209 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31210 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31212 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31213 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31214 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31215 can be whatever you like.)
31217 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31218 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31220 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31221 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31222 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31223 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31224 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31226 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31228 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31229 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31230 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31231 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31232 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31234 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31236 ;;;***
31238 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31239 ;;;;;; (18307 57859))
31240 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31242 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31243 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31244 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31245 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31246 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31247 in disk.
31249 See `wdired-mode'.
31251 \(fn)" t nil)
31253 ;;;***
31255 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18307 57870))
31256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31258 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31259 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31261 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31262 hotlist.
31264 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31265 <nwv@acm.org>.
31267 \(fn)" t nil)
31269 ;;;***
31271 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31272 ;;;;;; (18307 57872))
31273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31274 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31275 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31277 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31279 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31280 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31281 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31284 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31286 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31288 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31289 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31290 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31291 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31293 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31294 and off otherwise.
31296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31298 ;;;***
31300 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
31301 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
31302 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
31303 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
31304 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
31305 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
31306 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31307 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31308 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31309 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31310 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31311 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31313 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
31314 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
31316 \(fn)" t nil)
31318 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
31319 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
31321 \(fn)" t nil)
31323 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
31324 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
31326 \(fn)" t nil)
31328 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
31329 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
31331 \(fn)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
31334 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
31336 \(fn)" t nil)
31338 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
31339 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
31340 These are:
31341 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
31342 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
31343 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
31344 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
31345 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
31347 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
31348 and:
31349 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
31350 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
31352 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
31354 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
31355 Check the region for whitespace errors.
31357 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31359 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31360 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
31361 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
31362 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
31363 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
31365 \(fn)" t nil)
31367 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31368 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
31370 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31372 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
31374 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
31375 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
31376 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31379 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
31381 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
31383 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
31384 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
31385 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
31387 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
31388 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
31390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31392 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
31393 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
31394 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
31396 \(fn)" nil nil)
31398 ;;;***
31400 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31401 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18307 57860))
31402 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31404 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31405 Browse the widget under point.
31407 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31409 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31410 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31412 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31414 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31415 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31417 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31419 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31420 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31421 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31425 ;;;***
31427 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31428 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18307
31429 ;;;;;; 57860))
31430 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31432 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31433 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31435 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31437 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31438 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31439 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31441 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31443 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31444 Create widget of TYPE.
31445 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31447 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31449 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31450 Delete WIDGET.
31452 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31454 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31455 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31457 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31459 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31461 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map " " 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31462 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31463 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31465 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31466 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31468 \(fn)" nil nil)
31470 ;;;***
31472 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31473 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18307
31474 ;;;;;; 57860))
31475 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31477 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31478 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31479 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31480 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31481 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31482 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31483 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31487 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31488 Select the window above the current one.
31489 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31490 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31491 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31492 negative ARG) of the current window.
31493 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31497 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31498 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31499 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31500 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31501 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31502 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31503 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31507 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31508 Select the window below the current one.
31509 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31510 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31511 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31512 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31513 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31517 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31518 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31519 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31520 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31522 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31524 ;;;***
31526 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31527 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
31528 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31530 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31531 Toggle Winner mode.
31532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31533 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31535 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31537 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31538 Toggle Winner mode.
31539 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31543 ;;;***
31545 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31546 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18313 19473))
31547 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31549 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31550 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31551 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31552 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31553 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31554 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31555 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31556 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31558 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31559 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31561 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31563 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31564 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31566 \(fn)" t nil)
31568 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31569 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31570 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31571 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31572 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31573 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31574 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31575 `woman' command for further details.
31577 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31579 ;;;***
31581 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31582 ;;;;;; (18307 57864))
31583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31585 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31586 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31588 BUGS:
31589 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31590 are not implemented
31591 - Options for search and replace
31592 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31593 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31595 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31596 Emacs-like.
31598 The key bindings are:
31600 C-a backward-word
31601 C-b fill-paragraph
31602 C-c scroll-up-line
31603 C-d forward-char
31604 C-e previous-line
31605 C-f forward-word
31606 C-g delete-char
31607 C-h backward-char
31608 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31609 C-j help-for-help
31610 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31611 C-l ws-repeat-search
31612 C-n open-line
31613 C-p quoted-insert
31614 C-r scroll-down-line
31615 C-s backward-char
31616 C-t kill-word
31617 C-u keyboard-quit
31618 C-v overwrite-mode
31619 C-w scroll-down
31620 C-x next-line
31621 C-y kill-complete-line
31622 C-z scroll-up
31624 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31625 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31626 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31627 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31628 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31629 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31630 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31631 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31632 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31633 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31634 C-k b ws-begin-block
31635 C-k c ws-copy-block
31636 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31637 C-k f find-file
31638 C-k h ws-show-markers
31639 C-k i ws-indent-block
31640 C-k k ws-end-block
31641 C-k p ws-print-block
31642 C-k q kill-emacs
31643 C-k r insert-file
31644 C-k s save-some-buffers
31645 C-k t ws-mark-word
31646 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31647 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31648 C-k v ws-move-block
31649 C-k w ws-write-block
31650 C-k x kill-emacs
31651 C-k y ws-delete-block
31653 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31654 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31655 C-o j justify-current-line
31656 C-o k kill-buffer
31657 C-o l list-buffers
31658 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31659 C-o r set-fill-column
31660 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31661 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31662 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31663 C-o wo other-window
31664 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31666 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31667 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31668 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31669 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31670 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31671 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31672 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31673 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31674 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31675 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31676 C-q a ws-query-replace
31677 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31678 C-q c end-of-buffer
31679 C-q d end-of-line
31680 C-q f ws-search
31681 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31682 C-q l ws-undo
31683 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31684 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31685 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31686 C-q w ws-last-error
31687 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31688 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31690 \(fn)" t nil)
31692 ;;;***
31694 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31695 ;;;;;; (18307 57860))
31696 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31698 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31699 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31700 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31701 Returns the top node with all its children.
31702 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31703 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31705 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31707 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31708 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31709 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31710 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31711 is not well-formed XML.
31712 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31713 and returned as the first element of the list.
31714 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31716 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31718 ;;;***
31720 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31721 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18308 19808))
31722 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31724 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31725 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31726 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31727 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31728 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31729 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31730 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31731 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31732 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31733 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31735 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31737 ;;;***
31739 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18307
31740 ;;;;;; 57860))
31741 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31743 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31744 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31745 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31747 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31748 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31750 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31752 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31753 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31754 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31755 it off.
31757 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31758 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31759 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31760 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31761 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31762 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31766 ;;;***
31768 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31769 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18307 57866))
31770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31772 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31773 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31775 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31777 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31778 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31780 \(fn)" nil nil)
31782 ;;;***
31784 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31785 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18307 57870))
31786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31788 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31789 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31791 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31793 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31794 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31796 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31798 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31799 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31800 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31802 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31804 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31805 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31807 \(fn)" t nil)
31809 ;;;***
31811 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18307 57870))
31812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31814 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31815 Zone out, completely.
31817 \(fn)" t nil)
31819 ;;;***
31821 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/dig.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/ntlm.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18317 50564 111773))
31962 ;;;***
31964 ;; Local Variables:
31965 ;; version-control: never
31966 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31967 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31968 ;; End:
31969 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here